Mercurial > vim
annotate src/ex_cmds.c @ 7166:fbec41e5651e v7.4.894
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/f59c73da1e8eb16e7b49b4465aedd1d6ddacc6fd
Author: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
Date: Tue Oct 13 17:52:59 2015 +0200
patch 7.4.894
Problem: vimrun.exe is picky about the number of spaces before -s.
Solution: Skip all spaces. (Cam Sinclair)
author | Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org> |
---|---|
date | Tue, 13 Oct 2015 18:00:05 +0200 |
parents | 286fd54c7ae3 |
children | 272f04b41f51 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * ex_cmds.c: some functions for command line commands | |
12 */ | |
13 | |
14 #include "vim.h" | |
15 #include "version.h" | |
16 | |
17 #ifdef FEAT_EX_EXTRA | |
18 static int linelen __ARGS((int *has_tab)); | |
19 #endif | |
20 static void do_filter __ARGS((linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, exarg_T *eap, char_u *cmd, int do_in, int do_out)); | |
21 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
22 static char_u *viminfo_filename __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
1733 | 23 static void do_viminfo __ARGS((FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags)); |
7 | 24 static int viminfo_encoding __ARGS((vir_T *virp)); |
25 static int read_viminfo_up_to_marks __ARGS((vir_T *virp, int forceit, int writing)); | |
26 #endif | |
27 | |
28 static int check_readonly __ARGS((int *forceit, buf_T *buf)); | |
29 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
30 static void delbuf_msg __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
31 #endif | |
32 static int | |
33 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
34 _RTLENTRYF | |
35 #endif | |
36 help_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2)); | |
6365 | 37 static void prepare_help_buffer __ARGS((void)); |
7 | 38 |
39 /* | |
40 * ":ascii" and "ga". | |
41 */ | |
42 void | |
43 do_ascii(eap) | |
1876 | 44 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; |
7 | 45 { |
46 int c; | |
1784 | 47 int cval; |
7 | 48 char buf1[20]; |
49 char buf2[20]; | |
50 char_u buf3[7]; | |
51 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 52 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
53 int ci = 0; | |
7 | 54 int len; |
55 | |
56 if (enc_utf8) | |
714 | 57 c = utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cc); |
7 | 58 else |
59 #endif | |
60 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
61 if (c == NUL) | |
62 { | |
63 MSG("NUL"); | |
64 return; | |
65 } | |
66 | |
67 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
68 IObuff[0] = NUL; | |
69 if (!has_mbyte || (enc_dbcs != 0 && c < 0x100) || c < 0x80) | |
70 #endif | |
71 { | |
72 if (c == NL) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
73 c = NUL; | |
1784 | 74 if (c == CAR && get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_MAC) |
75 cval = NL; /* NL is stored as CR */ | |
76 else | |
77 cval = c; | |
7 | 78 if (vim_isprintc_strict(c) && (c < ' ' |
79 #ifndef EBCDIC | |
80 || c > '~' | |
81 #endif | |
82 )) | |
83 { | |
84 transchar_nonprint(buf3, c); | |
1872 | 85 vim_snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), " <%s>", (char *)buf3); |
7 | 86 } |
87 else | |
88 buf1[0] = NUL; | |
89 #ifndef EBCDIC | |
90 if (c >= 0x80) | |
1872 | 91 vim_snprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), " <M-%s>", |
92 (char *)transchar(c & 0x7f)); | |
7 | 93 else |
94 #endif | |
95 buf2[0] = NUL; | |
274 | 96 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
97 _("<%s>%s%s %d, Hex %02x, Octal %03o"), | |
1784 | 98 transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval); |
7 | 99 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
963 | 100 if (enc_utf8) |
101 c = cc[ci++]; | |
102 else | |
103 c = 0; | |
7 | 104 #endif |
105 } | |
106 | |
107 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
108 /* Repeat for combining characters. */ | |
109 while (has_mbyte && (c >= 0x100 || (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80))) | |
110 { | |
111 len = (int)STRLEN(IObuff); | |
112 /* This assumes every multi-byte char is printable... */ | |
113 if (len > 0) | |
114 IObuff[len++] = ' '; | |
115 IObuff[len++] = '<'; | |
963 | 116 if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c) |
625 | 117 # ifdef USE_GUI |
7 | 118 && !gui.in_use |
625 | 119 # endif |
7 | 120 ) |
121 IObuff[len++] = ' '; /* draw composing char on top of a space */ | |
274 | 122 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, IObuff + len); |
123 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len, | |
7 | 124 c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Octal %o") |
125 : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Octal %o"), c, c, c); | |
714 | 126 if (ci == MAX_MCO) |
127 break; | |
963 | 128 if (enc_utf8) |
129 c = cc[ci++]; | |
130 else | |
131 c = 0; | |
7 | 132 } |
133 #endif | |
134 | |
135 msg(IObuff); | |
136 } | |
137 | |
138 #if defined(FEAT_EX_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
139 /* | |
140 * ":left", ":center" and ":right": align text. | |
141 */ | |
142 void | |
143 ex_align(eap) | |
144 exarg_T *eap; | |
145 { | |
146 pos_T save_curpos; | |
147 int len; | |
148 int indent = 0; | |
149 int new_indent; | |
150 int has_tab; | |
151 int width; | |
152 | |
153 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
154 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
155 { | |
156 /* switch left and right aligning */ | |
157 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_right) | |
158 eap->cmdidx = CMD_left; | |
159 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) | |
160 eap->cmdidx = CMD_right; | |
161 } | |
162 #endif | |
163 | |
164 width = atoi((char *)eap->arg); | |
165 save_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
166 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* width is used for new indent */ | |
167 { | |
168 if (width >= 0) | |
169 indent = width; | |
170 } | |
171 else | |
172 { | |
173 /* | |
174 * if 'textwidth' set, use it | |
175 * else if 'wrapmargin' set, use it | |
176 * if invalid value, use 80 | |
177 */ | |
178 if (width <= 0) | |
179 width = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
180 if (width == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm > 0) | |
181 width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
182 if (width <= 0) | |
183 width = 80; | |
184 } | |
185 | |
186 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) | |
187 return; | |
188 | |
189 for (curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; | |
190 curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= eap->line2; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
191 { | |
192 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* left align */ | |
193 new_indent = indent; | |
194 else | |
195 { | |
944 | 196 has_tab = FALSE; /* avoid uninit warnings */ |
7 | 197 len = linelen(eap->cmdidx == CMD_right ? &has_tab |
198 : NULL) - get_indent(); | |
199 | |
200 if (len <= 0) /* skip blank lines */ | |
201 continue; | |
202 | |
203 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_center) | |
204 new_indent = (width - len) / 2; | |
205 else | |
206 { | |
207 new_indent = width - len; /* right align */ | |
208 | |
209 /* | |
210 * Make sure that embedded TABs don't make the text go too far | |
211 * to the right. | |
212 */ | |
213 if (has_tab) | |
214 while (new_indent > 0) | |
215 { | |
216 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); | |
217 if (linelen(NULL) <= width) | |
218 { | |
219 /* | |
220 * Now try to move the line as much as possible to | |
221 * the right. Stop when it moves too far. | |
222 */ | |
223 do | |
224 (void)set_indent(++new_indent, 0); | |
225 while (linelen(NULL) <= width); | |
226 --new_indent; | |
227 break; | |
228 } | |
229 --new_indent; | |
230 } | |
231 } | |
232 } | |
233 if (new_indent < 0) | |
234 new_indent = 0; | |
235 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); /* set indent */ | |
236 } | |
237 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, 0L); | |
238 curwin->w_cursor = save_curpos; | |
239 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
240 } | |
241 | |
242 /* | |
243 * Get the length of the current line, excluding trailing white space. | |
244 */ | |
245 static int | |
246 linelen(has_tab) | |
247 int *has_tab; | |
248 { | |
249 char_u *line; | |
250 char_u *first; | |
251 char_u *last; | |
252 int save; | |
253 int len; | |
254 | |
255 /* find the first non-blank character */ | |
256 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
257 first = skipwhite(line); | |
258 | |
259 /* find the character after the last non-blank character */ | |
260 for (last = first + STRLEN(first); | |
261 last > first && vim_iswhite(last[-1]); --last) | |
262 ; | |
263 save = *last; | |
264 *last = NUL; | |
265 len = linetabsize(line); /* get line length */ | |
266 if (has_tab != NULL) /* check for embedded TAB */ | |
267 *has_tab = (vim_strrchr(first, TAB) != NULL); | |
268 *last = save; | |
269 | |
270 return len; | |
271 } | |
272 | |
826 | 273 /* Buffer for two lines used during sorting. They are allocated to |
274 * contain the longest line being sorted. */ | |
275 static char_u *sortbuf1; | |
276 static char_u *sortbuf2; | |
284 | 277 |
278 static int sort_ic; /* ignore case */ | |
294 | 279 static int sort_nr; /* sort on number */ |
826 | 280 static int sort_rx; /* sort on regex instead of skipping it */ |
281 | |
282 static int sort_abort; /* flag to indicate if sorting has been interrupted */ | |
294 | 283 |
284 /* Struct to store info to be sorted. */ | |
285 typedef struct | |
286 { | |
287 linenr_T lnum; /* line number */ | |
826 | 288 long start_col_nr; /* starting column number or number */ |
289 long end_col_nr; /* ending column number */ | |
294 | 290 } sorti_T; |
284 | 291 |
292 static int | |
293 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
294 _RTLENTRYF | |
295 #endif | |
296 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2)); | |
297 | |
298 static int | |
299 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
300 _RTLENTRYF | |
301 #endif | |
302 sort_compare(s1, s2) | |
303 const void *s1; | |
304 const void *s2; | |
305 { | |
294 | 306 sorti_T l1 = *(sorti_T *)s1; |
307 sorti_T l2 = *(sorti_T *)s2; | |
826 | 308 int result = 0; |
309 | |
310 /* If the user interrupts, there's no way to stop qsort() immediately, but | |
834 | 311 * if we return 0 every time, qsort will assume it's done sorting and |
312 * exit. */ | |
826 | 313 if (sort_abort) |
314 return 0; | |
315 fast_breakcheck(); | |
316 if (got_int) | |
317 sort_abort = TRUE; | |
318 | |
834 | 319 /* When sorting numbers "start_col_nr" is the number, not the column |
320 * number. */ | |
294 | 321 if (sort_nr) |
2606 | 322 result = l1.start_col_nr == l2.start_col_nr ? 0 |
323 : l1.start_col_nr > l2.start_col_nr ? 1 : -1; | |
826 | 324 else |
325 { | |
834 | 326 /* We need to copy one line into "sortbuf1", because there is no |
327 * guarantee that the first pointer becomes invalid when obtaining the | |
328 * second one. */ | |
329 STRNCPY(sortbuf1, ml_get(l1.lnum) + l1.start_col_nr, | |
330 l1.end_col_nr - l1.start_col_nr + 1); | |
826 | 331 sortbuf1[l1.end_col_nr - l1.start_col_nr] = 0; |
834 | 332 STRNCPY(sortbuf2, ml_get(l2.lnum) + l2.start_col_nr, |
333 l2.end_col_nr - l2.start_col_nr + 1); | |
826 | 334 sortbuf2[l2.end_col_nr - l2.start_col_nr] = 0; |
335 | |
834 | 336 result = sort_ic ? STRICMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2) |
337 : STRCMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2); | |
338 } | |
339 | |
340 /* If two lines have the same value, preserve the original line order. */ | |
826 | 341 if (result == 0) |
834 | 342 return (int)(l1.lnum - l2.lnum); |
343 return result; | |
284 | 344 } |
345 | |
346 /* | |
347 * ":sort". | |
348 */ | |
349 void | |
350 ex_sort(eap) | |
351 exarg_T *eap; | |
352 { | |
353 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
354 int len; | |
355 linenr_T lnum; | |
356 long maxlen = 0; | |
294 | 357 sorti_T *nrs; |
1872 | 358 size_t count = (size_t)(eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1); |
294 | 359 size_t i; |
284 | 360 char_u *p; |
361 char_u *s; | |
826 | 362 char_u *s2; |
363 char_u c; /* temporary character storage */ | |
284 | 364 int unique = FALSE; |
365 long deleted; | |
826 | 366 colnr_T start_col; |
367 colnr_T end_col; | |
294 | 368 int sort_oct; /* sort on octal number */ |
369 int sort_hex; /* sort on hex number */ | |
284 | 370 |
1538 | 371 /* Sorting one line is really quick! */ |
372 if (count <= 1) | |
373 return; | |
374 | |
284 | 375 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) |
376 return; | |
826 | 377 sortbuf1 = NULL; |
378 sortbuf2 = NULL; | |
284 | 379 regmatch.regprog = NULL; |
294 | 380 nrs = (sorti_T *)lalloc((long_u)(count * sizeof(sorti_T)), TRUE); |
284 | 381 if (nrs == NULL) |
826 | 382 goto sortend; |
383 | |
384 sort_abort = sort_ic = sort_rx = sort_nr = sort_oct = sort_hex = 0; | |
294 | 385 |
284 | 386 for (p = eap->arg; *p != NUL; ++p) |
387 { | |
388 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
389 ; | |
390 else if (*p == 'i') | |
391 sort_ic = TRUE; | |
826 | 392 else if (*p == 'r') |
393 sort_rx = TRUE; | |
294 | 394 else if (*p == 'n') |
395 sort_nr = 2; | |
396 else if (*p == 'o') | |
397 sort_oct = 2; | |
398 else if (*p == 'x') | |
399 sort_hex = 2; | |
284 | 400 else if (*p == 'u') |
401 unique = TRUE; | |
289 | 402 else if (*p == '"') /* comment start */ |
403 break; | |
404 else if (check_nextcmd(p) != NULL) | |
405 { | |
406 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); | |
407 break; | |
408 } | |
409 else if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) && regmatch.regprog == NULL) | |
284 | 410 { |
411 s = skip_regexp(p + 1, *p, TRUE, NULL); | |
412 if (*s != *p) | |
413 { | |
414 EMSG(_(e_invalpat)); | |
826 | 415 goto sortend; |
284 | 416 } |
417 *s = NUL; | |
1314 | 418 /* Use last search pattern if sort pattern is empty. */ |
4199 | 419 if (s == p + 1) |
420 { | |
421 if (last_search_pat() == NULL) | |
422 { | |
423 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); | |
424 goto sortend; | |
425 } | |
1314 | 426 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(last_search_pat(), RE_MAGIC); |
4199 | 427 } |
1314 | 428 else |
429 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p + 1, RE_MAGIC); | |
284 | 430 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
826 | 431 goto sortend; |
289 | 432 p = s; /* continue after the regexp */ |
284 | 433 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; |
434 } | |
435 else | |
436 { | |
437 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); | |
826 | 438 goto sortend; |
284 | 439 } |
440 } | |
441 | |
294 | 442 /* Can only have one of 'n', 'o' and 'x'. */ |
443 if (sort_nr + sort_oct + sort_hex > 2) | |
444 { | |
445 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
826 | 446 goto sortend; |
294 | 447 } |
448 | |
449 /* From here on "sort_nr" is used as a flag for any number sorting. */ | |
450 sort_nr += sort_oct + sort_hex; | |
451 | |
284 | 452 /* |
294 | 453 * Make an array with all line numbers. This avoids having to copy all |
284 | 454 * the lines into allocated memory. |
826 | 455 * When sorting on strings "start_col_nr" is the offset in the line, for |
456 * numbers sorting it's the number to sort on. This means the pattern | |
457 * matching and number conversion only has to be done once per line. | |
294 | 458 * Also get the longest line length for allocating "sortbuf". |
284 | 459 */ |
460 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) | |
461 { | |
462 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
835 | 463 len = (int)STRLEN(s); |
284 | 464 if (maxlen < len) |
465 maxlen = len; | |
294 | 466 |
826 | 467 start_col = 0; |
468 end_col = len; | |
294 | 469 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, s, 0)) |
826 | 470 { |
471 if (sort_rx) | |
472 { | |
835 | 473 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.startp[0] - s); |
474 end_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); | |
826 | 475 } |
476 else | |
835 | 477 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); |
826 | 478 } |
294 | 479 else |
826 | 480 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) |
481 end_col = 0; | |
294 | 482 |
483 if (sort_nr) | |
484 { | |
826 | 485 /* Make sure vim_str2nr doesn't read any digits past the end |
486 * of the match, by temporarily terminating the string there */ | |
487 s2 = s + end_col; | |
488 c = *s2; | |
2606 | 489 *s2 = NUL; |
294 | 490 /* Sorting on number: Store the number itself. */ |
1687 | 491 p = s + start_col; |
294 | 492 if (sort_hex) |
1687 | 493 s = skiptohex(p); |
294 | 494 else |
1687 | 495 s = skiptodigit(p); |
496 if (s > p && s[-1] == '-') | |
497 --s; /* include preceding negative sign */ | |
2606 | 498 if (*s == NUL) |
499 /* empty line should sort before any number */ | |
500 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].start_col_nr = -MAXLNUM; | |
501 else | |
502 vim_str2nr(s, NULL, NULL, sort_oct, sort_hex, | |
6927 | 503 &nrs[lnum - eap->line1].start_col_nr, NULL, 0); |
2606 | 504 *s2 = c; |
294 | 505 } |
506 else | |
826 | 507 { |
294 | 508 /* Store the column to sort at. */ |
826 | 509 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].start_col_nr = start_col; |
510 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].end_col_nr = end_col; | |
511 } | |
294 | 512 |
513 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].lnum = lnum; | |
481 | 514 |
515 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
516 fast_breakcheck(); | |
517 if (got_int) | |
826 | 518 goto sortend; |
284 | 519 } |
520 | |
294 | 521 /* Allocate a buffer that can hold the longest line. */ |
826 | 522 sortbuf1 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); |
523 if (sortbuf1 == NULL) | |
524 goto sortend; | |
525 sortbuf2 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); | |
526 if (sortbuf2 == NULL) | |
527 goto sortend; | |
284 | 528 |
481 | 529 /* Sort the array of line numbers. Note: can't be interrupted! */ |
294 | 530 qsort((void *)nrs, count, sizeof(sorti_T), sort_compare); |
284 | 531 |
826 | 532 if (sort_abort) |
533 goto sortend; | |
534 | |
284 | 535 /* Insert the lines in the sorted order below the last one. */ |
536 lnum = eap->line2; | |
537 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
538 { | |
539 s = ml_get(nrs[eap->forceit ? count - i - 1 : i].lnum); | |
540 if (!unique || i == 0 | |
826 | 541 || (sort_ic ? STRICMP(s, sortbuf1) : STRCMP(s, sortbuf1)) != 0) |
284 | 542 { |
543 if (ml_append(lnum++, s, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
544 break; | |
294 | 545 if (unique) |
826 | 546 STRCPY(sortbuf1, s); |
284 | 547 } |
481 | 548 fast_breakcheck(); |
549 if (got_int) | |
826 | 550 goto sortend; |
284 | 551 } |
552 | |
553 /* delete the original lines if appending worked */ | |
554 if (i == count) | |
555 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
556 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); | |
557 else | |
558 count = 0; | |
559 | |
294 | 560 /* Adjust marks for deleted (or added) lines and prepare for displaying. */ |
835 | 561 deleted = (long)(count - (lnum - eap->line2)); |
284 | 562 if (deleted > 0) |
563 mark_adjust(eap->line2 - deleted, eap->line2, (long)MAXLNUM, -deleted); | |
564 else if (deleted < 0) | |
565 mark_adjust(eap->line2, MAXLNUM, -deleted, 0L); | |
566 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, -deleted); | |
294 | 567 |
284 | 568 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; |
569 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
570 | |
826 | 571 sortend: |
284 | 572 vim_free(nrs); |
826 | 573 vim_free(sortbuf1); |
574 vim_free(sortbuf2); | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4613
diff
changeset
|
575 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
481 | 576 if (got_int) |
577 EMSG(_(e_interr)); | |
284 | 578 } |
579 | |
7 | 580 /* |
581 * ":retab". | |
582 */ | |
583 void | |
584 ex_retab(eap) | |
585 exarg_T *eap; | |
586 { | |
587 linenr_T lnum; | |
588 int got_tab = FALSE; | |
589 long num_spaces = 0; | |
590 long num_tabs; | |
591 long len; | |
592 long col; | |
593 long vcol; | |
594 long start_col = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ | |
595 long start_vcol = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ | |
596 int temp; | |
597 long old_len; | |
598 char_u *ptr; | |
599 char_u *new_line = (char_u *)1; /* init to non-NULL */ | |
600 int did_undo; /* called u_save for current line */ | |
601 int new_ts; | |
602 int save_list; | |
603 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ | |
604 linenr_T last_line = 0; /* last changed line */ | |
605 | |
606 save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
607 curwin->w_p_list = 0; /* don't want list mode here */ | |
608 | |
609 new_ts = getdigits(&(eap->arg)); | |
610 if (new_ts < 0) | |
611 { | |
612 EMSG(_(e_positive)); | |
613 return; | |
614 } | |
615 if (new_ts == 0) | |
616 new_ts = curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
617 for (lnum = eap->line1; !got_int && lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) | |
618 { | |
619 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
620 col = 0; | |
621 vcol = 0; | |
622 did_undo = FALSE; | |
623 for (;;) | |
624 { | |
625 if (vim_iswhite(ptr[col])) | |
626 { | |
627 if (!got_tab && num_spaces == 0) | |
628 { | |
629 /* First consecutive white-space */ | |
630 start_vcol = vcol; | |
631 start_col = col; | |
632 } | |
633 if (ptr[col] == ' ') | |
634 num_spaces++; | |
635 else | |
636 got_tab = TRUE; | |
637 } | |
638 else | |
639 { | |
640 if (got_tab || (eap->forceit && num_spaces > 1)) | |
641 { | |
642 /* Retabulate this string of white-space */ | |
643 | |
644 /* len is virtual length of white string */ | |
645 len = num_spaces = vcol - start_vcol; | |
646 num_tabs = 0; | |
647 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
648 { | |
649 temp = new_ts - (start_vcol % new_ts); | |
650 if (num_spaces >= temp) | |
651 { | |
652 num_spaces -= temp; | |
653 num_tabs++; | |
654 } | |
655 num_tabs += num_spaces / new_ts; | |
656 num_spaces -= (num_spaces / new_ts) * new_ts; | |
657 } | |
658 if (curbuf->b_p_et || got_tab || | |
659 (num_spaces + num_tabs < len)) | |
660 { | |
661 if (did_undo == FALSE) | |
662 { | |
663 did_undo = TRUE; | |
664 if (u_save((linenr_T)(lnum - 1), | |
665 (linenr_T)(lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
666 { | |
667 new_line = NULL; /* flag out-of-memory */ | |
668 break; | |
669 } | |
670 } | |
671 | |
672 /* len is actual number of white characters used */ | |
673 len = num_spaces + num_tabs; | |
674 old_len = (long)STRLEN(ptr); | |
675 new_line = lalloc(old_len - col + start_col + len + 1, | |
676 TRUE); | |
677 if (new_line == NULL) | |
678 break; | |
679 if (start_col > 0) | |
680 mch_memmove(new_line, ptr, (size_t)start_col); | |
681 mch_memmove(new_line + start_col + len, | |
682 ptr + col, (size_t)(old_len - col + 1)); | |
683 ptr = new_line + start_col; | |
684 for (col = 0; col < len; col++) | |
685 ptr[col] = (col < num_tabs) ? '\t' : ' '; | |
686 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); | |
687 if (first_line == 0) | |
688 first_line = lnum; | |
689 last_line = lnum; | |
690 ptr = new_line; | |
691 col = start_col + len; | |
692 } | |
693 } | |
694 got_tab = FALSE; | |
695 num_spaces = 0; | |
696 } | |
697 if (ptr[col] == NUL) | |
698 break; | |
699 vcol += chartabsize(ptr + col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
700 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
701 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 702 col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + col); |
7 | 703 else |
704 #endif | |
705 ++col; | |
706 } | |
707 if (new_line == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
708 break; | |
709 line_breakcheck(); | |
710 } | |
711 if (got_int) | |
712 EMSG(_(e_interr)); | |
713 | |
714 if (curbuf->b_p_ts != new_ts) | |
715 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); | |
716 if (first_line != 0) | |
717 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line + 1, 0L); | |
718 | |
719 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; /* restore 'list' */ | |
720 | |
721 curbuf->b_p_ts = new_ts; | |
722 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
723 | |
724 u_clearline(); | |
725 } | |
726 #endif | |
727 | |
728 /* | |
729 * :move command - move lines line1-line2 to line dest | |
730 * | |
731 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
732 */ | |
733 int | |
734 do_move(line1, line2, dest) | |
735 linenr_T line1; | |
736 linenr_T line2; | |
737 linenr_T dest; | |
738 { | |
739 char_u *str; | |
740 linenr_T l; | |
741 linenr_T extra; /* Num lines added before line1 */ | |
742 linenr_T num_lines; /* Num lines moved */ | |
743 linenr_T last_line; /* Last line in file after adding new text */ | |
6755 | 744 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
745 int isFolded; | |
746 | |
747 /* Moving lines seems to corrupt the folds, delete folding info now | |
748 * and recreate it when finished. Don't do this for manual folding, it | |
749 * would delete all folds. */ | |
750 isFolded = hasAnyFolding(curwin) && !foldmethodIsManual(curwin); | |
751 if (isFolded) | |
752 deleteFoldRecurse(&curwin->w_folds); | |
753 #endif | |
7 | 754 |
755 if (dest >= line1 && dest < line2) | |
756 { | |
757 EMSG(_("E134: Move lines into themselves")); | |
758 return FAIL; | |
759 } | |
760 | |
761 num_lines = line2 - line1 + 1; | |
762 | |
763 /* | |
764 * First we copy the old text to its new location -- webb | |
765 * Also copy the flag that ":global" command uses. | |
766 */ | |
767 if (u_save(dest, dest + 1) == FAIL) | |
768 return FAIL; | |
769 for (extra = 0, l = line1; l <= line2; l++) | |
770 { | |
771 str = vim_strsave(ml_get(l + extra)); | |
772 if (str != NULL) | |
773 { | |
774 ml_append(dest + l - line1, str, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
775 vim_free(str); | |
776 if (dest < line1) | |
777 extra++; | |
778 } | |
779 } | |
780 | |
781 /* | |
782 * Now we must be careful adjusting our marks so that we don't overlap our | |
783 * mark_adjust() calls. | |
784 * | |
785 * We adjust the marks within the old text so that they refer to the | |
786 * last lines of the file (temporarily), because we know no other marks | |
787 * will be set there since these line numbers did not exist until we added | |
788 * our new lines. | |
789 * | |
790 * Then we adjust the marks on lines between the old and new text positions | |
791 * (either forwards or backwards). | |
792 * | |
793 * And Finally we adjust the marks we put at the end of the file back to | |
794 * their final destination at the new text position -- webb | |
795 */ | |
796 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
797 mark_adjust(line1, line2, last_line - line2, 0L); | |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
798 changed_lines(last_line - num_lines + 1, 0, last_line + 1, num_lines); |
7 | 799 if (dest >= line2) |
800 { | |
801 mark_adjust(line2 + 1, dest, -num_lines, 0L); | |
802 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest - num_lines + 1; | |
803 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest; | |
804 } | |
805 else | |
806 { | |
807 mark_adjust(dest + 1, line1 - 1, num_lines, 0L); | |
808 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest + 1; | |
809 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest + num_lines; | |
810 } | |
811 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
812 mark_adjust(last_line - num_lines + 1, last_line, | |
813 -(last_line - dest - extra), 0L); | |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
814 changed_lines(last_line - num_lines + 1, 0, last_line + 1, -extra); |
7 | 815 |
816 /* | |
817 * Now we delete the original text -- webb | |
818 */ | |
819 if (u_save(line1 + extra - 1, line2 + extra + 1) == FAIL) | |
820 return FAIL; | |
821 | |
822 for (l = line1; l <= line2; l++) | |
823 ml_delete(line1 + extra, TRUE); | |
824 | |
825 if (!global_busy && num_lines > p_report) | |
826 { | |
827 if (num_lines == 1) | |
828 MSG(_("1 line moved")); | |
829 else | |
830 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines moved"), num_lines); | |
831 } | |
832 | |
833 /* | |
834 * Leave the cursor on the last of the moved lines. | |
835 */ | |
836 if (dest >= line1) | |
837 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest; | |
838 else | |
839 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1; | |
840 | |
841 if (line1 < dest) | |
3184 | 842 { |
843 dest += num_lines + 1; | |
844 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
845 if (dest > last_line + 1) | |
846 dest = last_line + 1; | |
847 changed_lines(line1, 0, dest, 0L); | |
848 } | |
7 | 849 else |
850 changed_lines(dest + 1, 0, line1 + num_lines, 0L); | |
851 | |
6755 | 852 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
853 /* recreate folds */ | |
854 if (isFolded) | |
855 foldUpdateAll(curwin); | |
856 #endif | |
857 | |
7 | 858 return OK; |
859 } | |
860 | |
861 /* | |
862 * ":copy" | |
863 */ | |
864 void | |
865 ex_copy(line1, line2, n) | |
866 linenr_T line1; | |
867 linenr_T line2; | |
868 linenr_T n; | |
869 { | |
870 linenr_T count; | |
871 char_u *p; | |
872 | |
873 count = line2 - line1 + 1; | |
874 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = n + 1; | |
875 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = n + count; | |
876 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
877 | |
878 /* | |
879 * there are three situations: | |
880 * 1. destination is above line1 | |
881 * 2. destination is between line1 and line2 | |
882 * 3. destination is below line2 | |
883 * | |
884 * n = destination (when starting) | |
885 * curwin->w_cursor.lnum = destination (while copying) | |
886 * line1 = start of source (while copying) | |
887 * line2 = end of source (while copying) | |
888 */ | |
889 if (u_save(n, n + 1) == FAIL) | |
890 return; | |
891 | |
892 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = n; | |
893 while (line1 <= line2) | |
894 { | |
895 /* need to use vim_strsave() because the line will be unlocked within | |
896 * ml_append() */ | |
897 p = vim_strsave(ml_get(line1)); | |
898 if (p != NULL) | |
899 { | |
900 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
901 vim_free(p); | |
902 } | |
903 /* situation 2: skip already copied lines */ | |
904 if (line1 == n) | |
905 line1 = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
906 ++line1; | |
907 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line1) | |
908 ++line1; | |
909 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line2) | |
910 ++line2; | |
911 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
912 } | |
913 | |
914 appended_lines_mark(n, count); | |
915 | |
916 msgmore((long)count); | |
917 } | |
918 | |
359 | 919 static char_u *prevcmd = NULL; /* the previous command */ |
920 | |
921 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) | |
922 void | |
923 free_prev_shellcmd() | |
924 { | |
925 vim_free(prevcmd); | |
926 } | |
927 #endif | |
928 | |
7 | 929 /* |
930 * Handle the ":!cmd" command. Also for ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd" | |
931 * Bangs in the argument are replaced with the previously entered command. | |
932 * Remember the argument. | |
933 */ | |
934 void | |
935 do_bang(addr_count, eap, forceit, do_in, do_out) | |
936 int addr_count; | |
937 exarg_T *eap; | |
938 int forceit; | |
939 int do_in, do_out; | |
940 { | |
941 char_u *arg = eap->arg; /* command */ | |
942 linenr_T line1 = eap->line1; /* start of range */ | |
943 linenr_T line2 = eap->line2; /* end of range */ | |
944 char_u *newcmd = NULL; /* the new command */ | |
945 int free_newcmd = FALSE; /* need to free() newcmd */ | |
946 int ins_prevcmd; | |
947 char_u *t; | |
948 char_u *p; | |
949 char_u *trailarg; | |
950 int len; | |
951 int scroll_save = msg_scroll; | |
952 | |
953 /* | |
954 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". | |
955 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for | |
956 * security reasons. | |
957 */ | |
958 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
959 return; | |
960 | |
961 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ | |
962 { | |
963 msg_scroll = FALSE; /* don't scroll here */ | |
964 autowrite_all(); | |
965 msg_scroll = scroll_save; | |
966 } | |
967 | |
968 /* | |
969 * Try to find an embedded bang, like in :!<cmd> ! [args] | |
970 * (:!! is indicated by the 'forceit' variable) | |
971 */ | |
972 ins_prevcmd = forceit; | |
973 trailarg = arg; | |
974 do | |
975 { | |
976 len = (int)STRLEN(trailarg) + 1; | |
977 if (newcmd != NULL) | |
978 len += (int)STRLEN(newcmd); | |
979 if (ins_prevcmd) | |
980 { | |
981 if (prevcmd == NULL) | |
982 { | |
983 EMSG(_(e_noprev)); | |
984 vim_free(newcmd); | |
985 return; | |
986 } | |
987 len += (int)STRLEN(prevcmd); | |
988 } | |
1872 | 989 if ((t = alloc((unsigned)len)) == NULL) |
7 | 990 { |
991 vim_free(newcmd); | |
992 return; | |
993 } | |
994 *t = NUL; | |
995 if (newcmd != NULL) | |
996 STRCAT(t, newcmd); | |
997 if (ins_prevcmd) | |
998 STRCAT(t, prevcmd); | |
999 p = t + STRLEN(t); | |
1000 STRCAT(t, trailarg); | |
1001 vim_free(newcmd); | |
1002 newcmd = t; | |
1003 | |
1004 /* | |
1005 * Scan the rest of the argument for '!', which is replaced by the | |
1006 * previous command. "\!" is replaced by "!" (this is vi compatible). | |
1007 */ | |
1008 trailarg = NULL; | |
1009 while (*p) | |
1010 { | |
2823 | 1011 if (*p == '!') |
7 | 1012 { |
1013 if (p > newcmd && p[-1] == '\\') | |
1624 | 1014 STRMOVE(p - 1, p); |
7 | 1015 else |
1016 { | |
1017 trailarg = p; | |
1018 *trailarg++ = NUL; | |
1019 ins_prevcmd = TRUE; | |
1020 break; | |
1021 } | |
1022 } | |
1023 ++p; | |
1024 } | |
1025 } while (trailarg != NULL); | |
1026 | |
1027 vim_free(prevcmd); | |
1028 prevcmd = newcmd; | |
1029 | |
1030 if (bangredo) /* put cmd in redo buffer for ! command */ | |
1031 { | |
5728 | 1032 /* If % or # appears in the command, it must have been escaped. |
1033 * Reescape them, so that redoing them does not substitute them by the | |
1034 * buffername. */ | |
1035 char_u *cmd = vim_strsave_escaped(prevcmd, (char_u *)"%#"); | |
1036 | |
1037 if (cmd != NULL) | |
1038 { | |
1039 AppendToRedobuffLit(cmd, -1); | |
1040 vim_free(cmd); | |
1041 } | |
1042 else | |
1043 AppendToRedobuffLit(prevcmd, -1); | |
7 | 1044 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\n"); |
1045 bangredo = FALSE; | |
1046 } | |
1047 /* | |
1048 * Add quotes around the command, for shells that need them. | |
1049 */ | |
1050 if (*p_shq != NUL) | |
1051 { | |
1052 newcmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(prevcmd) + 2 * STRLEN(p_shq) + 1)); | |
1053 if (newcmd == NULL) | |
1054 return; | |
1055 STRCPY(newcmd, p_shq); | |
1056 STRCAT(newcmd, prevcmd); | |
1057 STRCAT(newcmd, p_shq); | |
1058 free_newcmd = TRUE; | |
1059 } | |
1060 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ | |
1061 { | |
1062 /* echo the command */ | |
1063 msg_start(); | |
1064 msg_putchar(':'); | |
1065 msg_putchar('!'); | |
1066 msg_outtrans(newcmd); | |
1067 msg_clr_eos(); | |
1068 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
1069 | |
1070 do_shell(newcmd, 0); | |
1071 } | |
1072 else /* :range! */ | |
725 | 1073 { |
7 | 1074 /* Careful: This may recursively call do_bang() again! (because of |
1075 * autocommands) */ | |
1076 do_filter(line1, line2, eap, newcmd, do_in, do_out); | |
725 | 1077 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1078 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLFILTERPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1079 #endif | |
1080 } | |
7 | 1081 if (free_newcmd) |
1082 vim_free(newcmd); | |
1083 } | |
1084 | |
1085 /* | |
1086 * do_filter: filter lines through a command given by the user | |
1087 * | |
169 | 1088 * We mostly use temp files and the call_shell() routine here. This would |
1089 * normally be done using pipes on a UNIX machine, but this is more portable | |
1090 * to non-unix machines. The call_shell() routine needs to be able | |
7 | 1091 * to deal with redirection somehow, and should handle things like looking |
1092 * at the PATH env. variable, and adding reasonable extensions to the | |
1093 * command name given by the user. All reasonable versions of call_shell() | |
1094 * do this. | |
169 | 1095 * Alternatively, if on Unix and redirecting input or output, but not both, |
1096 * and the 'shelltemp' option isn't set, use pipes. | |
7 | 1097 * We use input redirection if do_in is TRUE. |
1098 * We use output redirection if do_out is TRUE. | |
1099 */ | |
1100 static void | |
1101 do_filter(line1, line2, eap, cmd, do_in, do_out) | |
1102 linenr_T line1, line2; | |
1103 exarg_T *eap; /* for forced 'ff' and 'fenc' */ | |
1104 char_u *cmd; | |
1105 int do_in, do_out; | |
1106 { | |
1107 char_u *itmp = NULL; | |
1108 char_u *otmp = NULL; | |
1109 linenr_T linecount; | |
1110 linenr_T read_linecount; | |
1111 pos_T cursor_save; | |
1112 char_u *cmd_buf; | |
1113 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1114 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
1115 #endif | |
169 | 1116 int shell_flags = 0; |
7 | 1117 |
1118 if (*cmd == NUL) /* no filter command */ | |
1119 return; | |
1120 | |
1121 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
1122 /* | |
1123 * Check if external commands are allowed now. | |
1124 */ | |
1125 if (can_end_termcap_mode(TRUE) == FALSE) | |
1126 return; | |
1127 #endif | |
1128 | |
1129 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1130 linecount = line2 - line1 + 1; | |
1131 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; | |
1132 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1133 changed_line_abv_curs(); | |
1134 invalidate_botline(); | |
1135 | |
1136 /* | |
169 | 1137 * When using temp files: |
1138 * 1. * Form temp file names | |
1139 * 2. * Write the lines to a temp file | |
1140 * 3. Run the filter command on the temp file | |
1141 * 4. * Read the output of the command into the buffer | |
1142 * 5. * Delete the original lines to be filtered | |
1143 * 6. * Remove the temp files | |
1144 * | |
1145 * When writing the input with a pipe or when catching the output with a | |
1146 * pipe only need to do 3. | |
7 | 1147 */ |
1148 | |
169 | 1149 if (do_out) |
1150 shell_flags |= SHELL_DOOUT; | |
1151 | |
3482 | 1152 #ifdef FEAT_FILTERPIPE |
169 | 1153 if (!do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) |
1154 { | |
1155 /* Use a pipe to fetch stdout of the command, do not use a temp file. */ | |
1156 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ; | |
1157 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; | |
1158 } | |
1159 else if (do_in && !do_out && !p_stmp) | |
7 | 1160 { |
169 | 1161 /* Use a pipe to write stdin of the command, do not use a temp file. */ |
1162 shell_flags |= SHELL_WRITE; | |
1163 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; | |
1164 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; | |
7 | 1165 } |
169 | 1166 else if (do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) |
1167 { | |
1168 /* Use a pipe to write stdin and fetch stdout of the command, do not | |
1169 * use a temp file. */ | |
1170 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE; | |
1171 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; | |
1172 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; | |
1173 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; | |
1174 } | |
1175 else | |
1176 #endif | |
6721 | 1177 if ((do_in && (itmp = vim_tempname('i', FALSE)) == NULL) |
1178 || (do_out && (otmp = vim_tempname('o', FALSE)) == NULL)) | |
169 | 1179 { |
1180 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
1181 goto filterend; | |
1182 } | |
7 | 1183 |
1184 /* | |
1185 * The writing and reading of temp files will not be shown. | |
1186 * Vi also doesn't do this and the messages are not very informative. | |
1187 */ | |
1188 ++no_wait_return; /* don't call wait_return() while busy */ | |
169 | 1189 if (itmp != NULL && buf_write(curbuf, itmp, NULL, line1, line2, eap, |
7 | 1190 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) |
1191 { | |
1192 msg_putchar('\n'); /* keep message from buf_write() */ | |
1193 --no_wait_return; | |
1194 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
1195 if (!aborting()) | |
1196 #endif | |
1197 (void)EMSG2(_(e_notcreate), itmp); /* will call wait_return */ | |
1198 goto filterend; | |
1199 } | |
1200 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1201 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) | |
1202 goto filterend; | |
1203 #endif | |
1204 | |
1205 if (!do_out) | |
1206 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
1207 | |
1581 | 1208 /* Create the shell command in allocated memory. */ |
7 | 1209 cmd_buf = make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp); |
1210 if (cmd_buf == NULL) | |
1211 goto filterend; | |
1212 | |
1213 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
1214 cursor_on(); | |
1215 | |
1216 /* | |
1217 * When not redirecting the output the command can write anything to the | |
1218 * screen. If 'shellredir' is equal to ">", screen may be messed up by | |
1219 * stderr output of external command. Clear the screen later. | |
1220 * If do_in is FALSE, this could be something like ":r !cat", which may | |
1221 * also mess up the screen, clear it later. | |
1222 */ | |
1223 if (!do_out || STRCMP(p_srr, ">") == 0 || !do_in) | |
1224 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1225 | |
169 | 1226 if (do_out) |
1227 { | |
1228 if (u_save((linenr_T)(line2), (linenr_T)(line2 + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1581 | 1229 { |
1230 vim_free(cmd_buf); | |
169 | 1231 goto error; |
1581 | 1232 } |
169 | 1233 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); |
1234 } | |
1235 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1236 | |
7 | 1237 /* |
1238 * When call_shell() fails wait_return() is called to give the user a | |
1239 * chance to read the error messages. Otherwise errors are ignored, so you | |
1240 * can see the error messages from the command that appear on stdout; use | |
1241 * 'u' to fix the text | |
1242 * Switch to cooked mode when not redirecting stdin, avoids that something | |
1243 * like ":r !cat" hangs. | |
1244 * Pass on the SHELL_DOOUT flag when the output is being redirected. | |
1245 */ | |
169 | 1246 if (call_shell(cmd_buf, SHELL_FILTER | SHELL_COOKED | shell_flags)) |
7 | 1247 { |
1248 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1249 wait_return(FALSE); | |
1250 } | |
1251 vim_free(cmd_buf); | |
1252 | |
1253 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
1254 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; | |
1255 | |
1256 /* When interrupting the shell command, it may still have produced some | |
1257 * useful output. Reset got_int here, so that readfile() won't cancel | |
1258 * reading. */ | |
1259 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1260 got_int = FALSE; | |
1261 | |
1262 if (do_out) | |
1263 { | |
169 | 1264 if (otmp != NULL) |
7 | 1265 { |
169 | 1266 if (readfile(otmp, NULL, line2, (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, |
1267 eap, READ_FILTER) == FAIL) | |
1268 { | |
7 | 1269 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
169 | 1270 if (!aborting()) |
1271 #endif | |
1272 { | |
1273 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
1274 EMSG2(_(e_notread), otmp); | |
1275 } | |
1276 goto error; | |
7 | 1277 } |
169 | 1278 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1279 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) | |
1280 goto filterend; | |
1281 #endif | |
7 | 1282 } |
169 | 1283 |
1284 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - read_linecount; | |
1285 | |
1286 if (shell_flags & SHELL_READ) | |
1287 { | |
1288 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line2 + 1; | |
1289 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1290 appended_lines_mark(line2, read_linecount); | |
1291 } | |
7 | 1292 |
1293 if (do_in) | |
1294 { | |
1295 if (cmdmod.keepmarks || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REMMARK) == NULL) | |
1296 { | |
1297 if (read_linecount >= linecount) | |
1298 /* move all marks from old lines to new lines */ | |
1299 mark_adjust(line1, line2, linecount, 0L); | |
1300 else | |
1301 { | |
1302 /* move marks from old lines to new lines, delete marks | |
1303 * that are in deleted lines */ | |
1304 mark_adjust(line1, line1 + read_linecount - 1, | |
1305 linecount, 0L); | |
1306 mark_adjust(line1 + read_linecount, line2, MAXLNUM, 0L); | |
1307 } | |
1308 } | |
1309 | |
1310 /* | |
1311 * Put cursor on first filtered line for ":range!cmd". | |
1312 * Adjust '[ and '] (set by buf_write()). | |
1313 */ | |
1314 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; | |
1315 del_lines(linecount, TRUE); | |
1316 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '[ */ | |
1317 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '] */ | |
1318 write_lnum_adjust(-linecount); /* adjust last line | |
1319 for next write */ | |
100 | 1320 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
1321 foldUpdate(curwin, curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, curbuf->b_op_end.lnum); | |
1322 #endif | |
7 | 1323 } |
1324 else | |
1325 { | |
1326 /* | |
1327 * Put cursor on last new line for ":r !cmd". | |
1328 */ | |
169 | 1329 linecount = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum - curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + 1; |
7 | 1330 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum; |
1331 } | |
100 | 1332 |
7 | 1333 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); /* cursor on first non-blank */ |
1334 --no_wait_return; | |
1335 | |
1336 if (linecount > p_report) | |
1337 { | |
1338 if (do_in) | |
1339 { | |
274 | 1340 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
1341 _("%ld lines filtered"), (long)linecount); | |
7 | 1342 if (msg(msg_buf) && !msg_scroll) |
1343 /* save message to display it after redraw */ | |
680 | 1344 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
7 | 1345 } |
1346 else | |
1347 msgmore((long)linecount); | |
1348 } | |
1349 } | |
1350 else | |
1351 { | |
1352 error: | |
1353 /* put cursor back in same position for ":w !cmd" */ | |
1354 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
1355 --no_wait_return; | |
1356 wait_return(FALSE); | |
1357 } | |
1358 | |
1359 filterend: | |
1360 | |
1361 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1362 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) | |
1363 { | |
1364 --no_wait_return; | |
1365 EMSG(_("E135: *Filter* Autocommands must not change current buffer")); | |
1366 } | |
1367 #endif | |
1368 if (itmp != NULL) | |
1369 mch_remove(itmp); | |
1370 if (otmp != NULL) | |
1371 mch_remove(otmp); | |
1372 vim_free(itmp); | |
1373 vim_free(otmp); | |
1374 } | |
1375 | |
1376 /* | |
1377 * Call a shell to execute a command. | |
1378 * When "cmd" is NULL start an interactive shell. | |
1379 */ | |
1380 void | |
1381 do_shell(cmd, flags) | |
1382 char_u *cmd; | |
1383 int flags; /* may be SHELL_DOOUT when output is redirected */ | |
1384 { | |
1385 buf_T *buf; | |
1386 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1387 int save_nwr; | |
1388 #endif | |
1389 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1390 int winstart = FALSE; | |
1391 #endif | |
1392 | |
1393 /* | |
1394 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". | |
1395 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for | |
1396 * security reasons. | |
1397 */ | |
1398 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
1399 { | |
1400 msg_end(); | |
1401 return; | |
1402 } | |
1403 | |
1404 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1405 /* | |
1406 * Check if external commands are allowed now. | |
1407 */ | |
1408 if (can_end_termcap_mode(TRUE) == FALSE) | |
1409 return; | |
1410 | |
1411 /* | |
1412 * Check if ":!start" is used. | |
1413 */ | |
1414 if (cmd != NULL) | |
1415 winstart = (STRNICMP(cmd, "start ", 6) == 0); | |
1416 #endif | |
1417 | |
1418 /* | |
1419 * For autocommands we want to get the output on the current screen, to | |
1420 * avoid having to type return below. | |
1421 */ | |
1422 msg_putchar('\r'); /* put cursor at start of line */ | |
1423 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1424 if (!autocmd_busy) | |
1425 #endif | |
1426 { | |
1427 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1428 if (!winstart) | |
1429 #endif | |
1430 stoptermcap(); | |
1431 } | |
1432 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1433 if (!winstart) | |
1434 #endif | |
1435 msg_putchar('\n'); /* may shift screen one line up */ | |
1436 | |
1437 /* warning message before calling the shell */ | |
1438 if (p_warn | |
1439 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1440 && !autocmd_busy | |
1441 #endif | |
1442 && msg_silent == 0) | |
1443 for (buf = firstbuf; buf; buf = buf->b_next) | |
1444 if (bufIsChanged(buf)) | |
1445 { | |
1446 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1447 if (!winstart) | |
1448 starttermcap(); /* don't want a message box here */ | |
1449 #endif | |
1450 MSG_PUTS(_("[No write since last change]\n")); | |
1451 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1452 if (!winstart) | |
1453 stoptermcap(); | |
1454 #endif | |
1455 break; | |
1456 } | |
1457 | |
1458 /* This windgoto is required for when the '\n' resulted in a "delete line | |
1459 * 1" command to the terminal. */ | |
1460 if (!swapping_screen()) | |
1461 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
1462 cursor_on(); | |
1463 (void)call_shell(cmd, SHELL_COOKED | flags); | |
1464 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
1465 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; | |
1466 | |
1467 /* | |
1468 * put the message cursor at the end of the screen, avoids wait_return() | |
1469 * to overwrite the text that the external command showed | |
1470 */ | |
1471 if (!swapping_screen()) | |
1472 { | |
1473 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
1474 msg_col = 0; | |
1475 } | |
1476 | |
1477 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1478 if (autocmd_busy) | |
1479 { | |
1480 if (msg_silent == 0) | |
1481 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1482 } | |
1483 else | |
1484 #endif | |
1485 { | |
1486 /* | |
1487 * For ":sh" there is no need to call wait_return(), just redraw. | |
1488 * Also for the Win32 GUI (the output is in a console window). | |
1489 * Otherwise there is probably text on the screen that the user wants | |
1490 * to read before redrawing, so call wait_return(). | |
1491 */ | |
1492 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1493 if (cmd == NULL | |
1494 # ifdef WIN3264 | |
1495 || (winstart && !need_wait_return) | |
1496 # endif | |
1497 ) | |
1498 { | |
1499 if (msg_silent == 0) | |
1500 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1501 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
1502 } | |
1503 else | |
1504 { | |
1505 /* | |
1506 * If we switch screens when starttermcap() is called, we really | |
1507 * want to wait for "hit return to continue". | |
1508 */ | |
1509 save_nwr = no_wait_return; | |
1510 if (swapping_screen()) | |
1511 no_wait_return = FALSE; | |
1512 # ifdef AMIGA | |
1513 wait_return(term_console ? -1 : msg_silent == 0); /* see below */ | |
1514 # else | |
1515 wait_return(msg_silent == 0); | |
1516 # endif | |
1517 no_wait_return = save_nwr; | |
1518 } | |
1519 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
1520 | |
1521 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1522 if (!winstart) /* if winstart==TRUE, never stopped termcap! */ | |
1523 #endif | |
1524 starttermcap(); /* start termcap if not done by wait_return() */ | |
1525 | |
1526 /* | |
1527 * In an Amiga window redrawing is caused by asking the window size. | |
1528 * If we got an interrupt this will not work. The chance that the | |
1529 * window size is wrong is very small, but we need to redraw the | |
1530 * screen. Don't do this if ':' hit in wait_return(). THIS IS UGLY | |
1531 * but it saves an extra redraw. | |
1532 */ | |
1533 #ifdef AMIGA | |
1534 if (skip_redraw) /* ':' hit in wait_return() */ | |
1535 { | |
1536 if (msg_silent == 0) | |
1537 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1538 } | |
1539 else if (term_console) | |
1540 { | |
1541 OUT_STR(IF_EB("\033[0 q", ESC_STR "[0 q")); /* get window size */ | |
1542 if (got_int && msg_silent == 0) | |
1543 redraw_later_clear(); /* if got_int is TRUE, redraw needed */ | |
1544 else | |
1545 must_redraw = 0; /* no extra redraw needed */ | |
1546 } | |
1547 #endif | |
1548 } | |
1549 | |
1550 /* display any error messages now */ | |
1551 display_errors(); | |
725 | 1552 |
1553 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1554 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLCMDPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1555 #endif | |
7 | 1556 } |
1557 | |
1558 /* | |
1559 * Create a shell command from a command string, input redirection file and | |
1560 * output redirection file. | |
1561 * Returns an allocated string with the shell command, or NULL for failure. | |
1562 */ | |
1563 char_u * | |
1564 make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp) | |
1565 char_u *cmd; /* command */ | |
1566 char_u *itmp; /* NULL or name of input file */ | |
1567 char_u *otmp; /* NULL or name of output file */ | |
1568 { | |
1569 char_u *buf; | |
1570 long_u len; | |
5867 | 1571 |
1572 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(ARCHIE)) || defined(OS2) | |
5881 | 1573 int is_fish_shell; |
5911 | 1574 char_u *shell_name = get_isolated_shell_name(); |
5881 | 1575 |
5867 | 1576 /* Account for fish's different syntax for subshells */ |
5911 | 1577 is_fish_shell = (fnamecmp(shell_name, "fish") == 0); |
1578 vim_free(shell_name); | |
5867 | 1579 if (is_fish_shell) |
1580 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 13; /* "begin; " + "; end" + NUL */ | |
1581 else | |
1582 #endif | |
1583 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 3; /* "()" + NUL */ | |
7 | 1584 if (itmp != NULL) |
1585 len += (long_u)STRLEN(itmp) + 9; /* " { < " + " } " */ | |
1586 if (otmp != NULL) | |
1587 len += (long_u)STRLEN(otmp) + (long_u)STRLEN(p_srr) + 2; /* " " */ | |
1588 buf = lalloc(len, TRUE); | |
1589 if (buf == NULL) | |
1590 return NULL; | |
1591 | |
1592 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(ARCHIE)) || defined(OS2) | |
1593 /* | |
169 | 1594 * Put braces around the command (for concatenated commands) when |
1595 * redirecting input and/or output. | |
7 | 1596 */ |
169 | 1597 if (itmp != NULL || otmp != NULL) |
5867 | 1598 { |
1599 if (is_fish_shell) | |
1600 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "begin; %s; end", (char *)cmd); | |
1601 else | |
1602 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "(%s)", (char *)cmd); | |
1603 } | |
169 | 1604 else |
1605 STRCPY(buf, cmd); | |
7 | 1606 if (itmp != NULL) |
1607 { | |
1608 STRCAT(buf, " < "); | |
1609 STRCAT(buf, itmp); | |
1610 } | |
1611 #else | |
1612 /* | |
5867 | 1613 * For shells that don't understand braces around commands, at least allow |
7 | 1614 * the use of commands in a pipe. |
1615 */ | |
1616 STRCPY(buf, cmd); | |
1617 if (itmp != NULL) | |
1618 { | |
1619 char_u *p; | |
1620 | |
1621 /* | |
1622 * If there is a pipe, we have to put the '<' in front of it. | |
1623 * Don't do this when 'shellquote' is not empty, otherwise the | |
1624 * redirection would be inside the quotes. | |
1625 */ | |
1626 if (*p_shq == NUL) | |
1627 { | |
1628 p = vim_strchr(buf, '|'); | |
1629 if (p != NULL) | |
1630 *p = NUL; | |
1631 } | |
1632 STRCAT(buf, " <"); /* " < " causes problems on Amiga */ | |
1633 STRCAT(buf, itmp); | |
1634 if (*p_shq == NUL) | |
1635 { | |
1636 p = vim_strchr(cmd, '|'); | |
1637 if (p != NULL) | |
1638 { | |
1639 STRCAT(buf, " "); /* insert a space before the '|' for DOS */ | |
1640 STRCAT(buf, p); | |
1641 } | |
1642 } | |
1643 } | |
1644 #endif | |
1645 if (otmp != NULL) | |
1872 | 1646 append_redir(buf, (int)len, p_srr, otmp); |
7 | 1647 |
1648 return buf; | |
1649 } | |
1650 | |
1651 /* | |
1872 | 1652 * Append output redirection for file "fname" to the end of string buffer |
1653 * "buf[buflen]" | |
7 | 1654 * Works with the 'shellredir' and 'shellpipe' options. |
1655 * The caller should make sure that there is enough room: | |
1656 * STRLEN(opt) + STRLEN(fname) + 3 | |
1657 */ | |
1658 void | |
1872 | 1659 append_redir(buf, buflen, opt, fname) |
7 | 1660 char_u *buf; |
1872 | 1661 int buflen; |
7 | 1662 char_u *opt; |
1663 char_u *fname; | |
1664 { | |
1665 char_u *p; | |
1872 | 1666 char_u *end; |
1667 | |
1668 end = buf + STRLEN(buf); | |
5257
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1669 /* find "%s" */ |
7 | 1670 for (p = opt; (p = vim_strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ++p) |
5257
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1671 { |
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1672 if (p[1] == 's') /* found %s */ |
7 | 1673 break; |
5257
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1674 if (p[1] == '%') /* skip %% */ |
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1675 ++p; |
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1676 } |
7 | 1677 if (p != NULL) |
1678 { | |
1872 | 1679 *end = ' '; /* not really needed? Not with sh, ksh or bash */ |
1680 vim_snprintf((char *)end + 1, (size_t)(buflen - (end + 1 - buf)), | |
1681 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); | |
7 | 1682 } |
1683 else | |
1872 | 1684 vim_snprintf((char *)end, (size_t)(buflen - (end - buf)), |
7 | 1685 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
1686 " %s %s", | |
1687 #else | |
1688 " %s%s", /* " > %s" causes problems on Amiga */ | |
1689 #endif | |
1690 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); | |
1691 } | |
1692 | |
1693 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
1694 | |
1695 static int no_viminfo __ARGS((void)); | |
1696 static int viminfo_errcnt; | |
1697 | |
1698 static int | |
1699 no_viminfo() | |
1700 { | |
1701 /* "vim -i NONE" does not read or write a viminfo file */ | |
1702 return (use_viminfo != NULL && STRCMP(use_viminfo, "NONE") == 0); | |
1703 } | |
1704 | |
1705 /* | |
1706 * Report an error for reading a viminfo file. | |
1707 * Count the number of errors. When there are more than 10, return TRUE. | |
1708 */ | |
1709 int | |
1710 viminfo_error(errnum, message, line) | |
1711 char *errnum; | |
1712 char *message; | |
1713 char_u *line; | |
1714 { | |
274 | 1715 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("%sviminfo: %s in line: "), |
1716 errnum, message); | |
1459 | 1717 STRNCAT(IObuff, line, IOSIZE - STRLEN(IObuff) - 1); |
156 | 1718 if (IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] == '\n') |
1719 IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] = NUL; | |
7 | 1720 emsg(IObuff); |
1721 if (++viminfo_errcnt >= 10) | |
1722 { | |
1723 EMSG(_("E136: viminfo: Too many errors, skipping rest of file")); | |
1724 return TRUE; | |
1725 } | |
1726 return FALSE; | |
1727 } | |
1728 | |
1729 /* | |
1730 * read_viminfo() -- Read the viminfo file. Registers etc. which are already | |
1733 | 1731 * set are not over-written unless "flags" includes VIF_FORCEIT. -- webb |
7 | 1732 */ |
1733 int | |
1733 | 1734 read_viminfo(file, flags) |
1735 char_u *file; /* file name or NULL to use default name */ | |
1736 int flags; /* VIF_WANT_INFO et al. */ | |
7 | 1737 { |
1738 FILE *fp; | |
1739 char_u *fname; | |
1740 | |
1741 if (no_viminfo()) | |
1742 return FAIL; | |
1743 | |
1733 | 1744 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* get file name in allocated buffer */ |
7 | 1745 if (fname == NULL) |
1746 return FAIL; | |
1747 fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); | |
1748 | |
1749 if (p_verbose > 0) | |
294 | 1750 { |
1751 verbose_enter(); | |
274 | 1752 smsg((char_u *)_("Reading viminfo file \"%s\"%s%s%s"), |
1753 fname, | |
1733 | 1754 (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) ? _(" info") : "", |
1755 (flags & VIF_WANT_MARKS) ? _(" marks") : "", | |
1756 (flags & VIF_GET_OLDFILES) ? _(" oldfiles") : "", | |
274 | 1757 fp == NULL ? _(" FAILED") : ""); |
294 | 1758 verbose_leave(); |
1759 } | |
7 | 1760 |
1761 vim_free(fname); | |
1762 if (fp == NULL) | |
1763 return FAIL; | |
1764 | |
1765 viminfo_errcnt = 0; | |
1733 | 1766 do_viminfo(fp, NULL, flags); |
7 | 1767 |
1768 fclose(fp); | |
1769 return OK; | |
1770 } | |
1771 | |
1772 /* | |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1773 * Write the viminfo file. The old one is read in first so that effectively a |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1774 * merge of current info and old info is done. This allows multiple vims to |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1775 * run simultaneously, without losing any marks etc. |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1776 * If "forceit" is TRUE, then the old file is not read in, and only internal |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1777 * info is written to the file. |
7 | 1778 */ |
1779 void | |
1780 write_viminfo(file, forceit) | |
1781 char_u *file; | |
1782 int forceit; | |
1783 { | |
1784 char_u *fname; | |
1785 FILE *fp_in = NULL; /* input viminfo file, if any */ | |
1786 FILE *fp_out = NULL; /* output viminfo file */ | |
1787 char_u *tempname = NULL; /* name of temp viminfo file */ | |
1788 struct stat st_new; /* mch_stat() of potential new file */ | |
1789 char_u *wp; | |
1790 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
1791 mode_t umask_save; | |
1792 #endif | |
1793 #ifdef UNIX | |
1794 int shortname = FALSE; /* use 8.3 file name */ | |
1795 struct stat st_old; /* mch_stat() of existing viminfo file */ | |
1796 #endif | |
601 | 1797 #ifdef WIN3264 |
1798 long perm = -1; | |
1799 #endif | |
7 | 1800 |
1801 if (no_viminfo()) | |
1802 return; | |
1803 | |
1804 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* may set to default if NULL */ | |
1805 if (fname == NULL) | |
1806 return; | |
1807 | |
1808 fp_in = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); | |
1809 if (fp_in == NULL) | |
1810 { | |
1811 /* if it does exist, but we can't read it, don't try writing */ | |
1812 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_new) == 0) | |
1813 goto end; | |
1814 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
1815 /* | |
1816 * For Unix we create the .viminfo non-accessible for others, | |
1817 * because it may contain text from non-accessible documents. | |
1818 */ | |
1819 umask_save = umask(077); | |
1820 #endif | |
1821 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)fname, WRITEBIN); | |
1822 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
1823 (void)umask(umask_save); | |
1824 #endif | |
1825 } | |
1826 else | |
1827 { | |
1828 /* | |
1829 * There is an existing viminfo file. Create a temporary file to | |
1830 * write the new viminfo into, in the same directory as the | |
1831 * existing viminfo file, which will be renamed later. | |
1832 */ | |
1833 #ifdef UNIX | |
1834 /* | |
1835 * For Unix we check the owner of the file. It's not very nice to | |
1836 * overwrite a user's viminfo file after a "su root", with a | |
1837 * viminfo file that the user can't read. | |
1838 */ | |
1869 | 1839 st_old.st_dev = (dev_t)0; |
1438 | 1840 st_old.st_ino = 0; |
7 | 1841 st_old.st_mode = 0600; |
1076 | 1842 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_old) == 0 |
1843 && getuid() != ROOT_UID | |
560 | 1844 && !(st_old.st_uid == getuid() |
7 | 1845 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0200) |
1846 : (st_old.st_gid == getgid() | |
1847 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0020) | |
1848 : (st_old.st_mode & 0002)))) | |
1849 { | |
944 | 1850 int tt = msg_didany; |
7 | 1851 |
1852 /* avoid a wait_return for this message, it's annoying */ | |
1853 EMSG2(_("E137: Viminfo file is not writable: %s"), fname); | |
1854 msg_didany = tt; | |
840 | 1855 fclose(fp_in); |
7 | 1856 goto end; |
1857 } | |
1858 #endif | |
601 | 1859 #ifdef WIN3264 |
1860 /* Get the file attributes of the existing viminfo file. */ | |
1861 perm = mch_getperm(fname); | |
1862 #endif | |
7 | 1863 |
1864 /* | |
1865 * Make tempname. | |
1866 * May try twice: Once normal and once with shortname set, just in | |
1867 * case somebody puts his viminfo file in an 8.3 filesystem. | |
1868 */ | |
1869 for (;;) | |
1870 { | |
1871 tempname = buf_modname( | |
1872 #ifdef UNIX | |
1873 shortname, | |
1874 #else | |
1875 # ifdef SHORT_FNAME | |
1876 TRUE, | |
1877 # else | |
1878 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
1879 gui_is_win32s(), | |
1880 # else | |
1881 FALSE, | |
1882 # endif | |
1883 # endif | |
1884 #endif | |
1885 fname, | |
1886 #ifdef VMS | |
1887 (char_u *)"-tmp", | |
1888 #else | |
1889 (char_u *)".tmp", | |
1890 #endif | |
1891 FALSE); | |
1892 if (tempname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
1893 break; | |
1894 | |
1895 /* | |
1896 * Check if tempfile already exists. Never overwrite an | |
1897 * existing file! | |
1898 */ | |
1899 if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0) | |
1900 { | |
1901 #ifdef UNIX | |
1902 /* | |
1903 * Check if tempfile is same as original file. May happen | |
1904 * when modname() gave the same file back. E.g. silly | |
1905 * link, or file name-length reached. Try again with | |
1906 * shortname set. | |
1907 */ | |
560 | 1908 if (!shortname && st_new.st_dev == st_old.st_dev |
1909 && st_new.st_ino == st_old.st_ino) | |
7 | 1910 { |
1911 vim_free(tempname); | |
1912 tempname = NULL; | |
1913 shortname = TRUE; | |
1914 continue; | |
1915 } | |
1916 #endif | |
1917 /* | |
1918 * Try another name. Change one character, just before | |
1919 * the extension. This should also work for an 8.3 | |
1920 * file name, when after adding the extension it still is | |
1921 * the same file as the original. | |
1922 */ | |
1923 wp = tempname + STRLEN(tempname) - 5; | |
1924 if (wp < gettail(tempname)) /* empty file name? */ | |
1925 wp = gettail(tempname); | |
1926 for (*wp = 'z'; mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0; | |
1927 --*wp) | |
1928 { | |
1929 /* | |
1930 * They all exist? Must be something wrong! Don't | |
1931 * write the viminfo file then. | |
1932 */ | |
1933 if (*wp == 'a') | |
1934 { | |
1935 vim_free(tempname); | |
1936 tempname = NULL; | |
1937 break; | |
1938 } | |
1939 } | |
1940 } | |
1941 break; | |
1942 } | |
1943 | |
1944 if (tempname != NULL) | |
1945 { | |
762 | 1946 #ifdef VMS |
1947 /* fdopen() fails for some reason */ | |
770 | 1948 umask_save = umask(077); |
1949 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN); | |
1950 (void)umask(umask_save); | |
762 | 1951 #else |
557 | 1952 int fd; |
1953 | |
1954 /* Use mch_open() to be able to use O_NOFOLLOW and set file | |
601 | 1955 * protection: |
673 | 1956 * Unix: same as original file, but strip s-bit. Reset umask to |
1957 * avoid it getting in the way. | |
601 | 1958 * Others: r&w for user only. */ |
762 | 1959 # ifdef UNIX |
673 | 1960 umask_save = umask(0); |
557 | 1961 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, |
1962 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, | |
569 | 1963 (int)((st_old.st_mode & 0777) | 0600)); |
673 | 1964 (void)umask(umask_save); |
762 | 1965 # else |
569 | 1966 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, |
673 | 1967 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600); |
762 | 1968 # endif |
557 | 1969 if (fd < 0) |
1970 fp_out = NULL; | |
1971 else | |
1972 fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN); | |
762 | 1973 #endif /* VMS */ |
7 | 1974 |
1975 /* | |
1976 * If we can't create in the same directory, try creating a | |
1977 * "normal" temp file. | |
1978 */ | |
1979 if (fp_out == NULL) | |
1980 { | |
1981 vim_free(tempname); | |
6721 | 1982 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o', TRUE)) != NULL) |
7 | 1983 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN); |
1984 } | |
557 | 1985 |
1986 #if defined(UNIX) && defined(HAVE_FCHOWN) | |
7 | 1987 /* |
557 | 1988 * Make sure the owner can read/write it. This only works for |
1989 * root. | |
7 | 1990 */ |
1991 if (fp_out != NULL) | |
1757 | 1992 ignored = fchown(fileno(fp_out), st_old.st_uid, st_old.st_gid); |
7 | 1993 #endif |
1994 } | |
1995 } | |
1996 | |
1997 /* | |
1998 * Check if the new viminfo file can be written to. | |
1999 */ | |
2000 if (fp_out == NULL) | |
2001 { | |
2002 EMSG2(_("E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!"), | |
301 | 2003 (fp_in == NULL || tempname == NULL) ? fname : tempname); |
7 | 2004 if (fp_in != NULL) |
2005 fclose(fp_in); | |
2006 goto end; | |
2007 } | |
2008 | |
2009 if (p_verbose > 0) | |
294 | 2010 { |
2011 verbose_enter(); | |
274 | 2012 smsg((char_u *)_("Writing viminfo file \"%s\""), fname); |
294 | 2013 verbose_leave(); |
2014 } | |
7 | 2015 |
2016 viminfo_errcnt = 0; | |
1733 | 2017 do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, forceit ? 0 : (VIF_WANT_INFO | VIF_WANT_MARKS)); |
7 | 2018 |
2019 fclose(fp_out); /* errors are ignored !? */ | |
2020 if (fp_in != NULL) | |
2021 { | |
2022 fclose(fp_in); | |
601 | 2023 |
6049 | 2024 /* In case of an error keep the original viminfo file. Otherwise |
2025 * rename the newly written file. Give an error if that fails. */ | |
2026 if (viminfo_errcnt == 0 && vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1) | |
2027 { | |
2028 ++viminfo_errcnt; | |
2029 EMSG2(_("E886: Can't rename viminfo file to %s!"), fname); | |
2030 } | |
2031 if (viminfo_errcnt > 0) | |
7 | 2032 mch_remove(tempname); |
601 | 2033 |
2034 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
2035 /* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */ | |
2036 if (perm > 0 && (perm & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN)) | |
2037 mch_hide(fname); | |
2038 #endif | |
2039 } | |
2040 | |
7 | 2041 end: |
2042 vim_free(fname); | |
2043 vim_free(tempname); | |
2044 } | |
2045 | |
2046 /* | |
2047 * Get the viminfo file name to use. | |
2048 * If "file" is given and not empty, use it (has already been expanded by | |
2049 * cmdline functions). | |
2050 * Otherwise use "-i file_name", value from 'viminfo' or the default, and | |
2051 * expand environment variables. | |
2052 * Returns an allocated string. NULL when out of memory. | |
2053 */ | |
2054 static char_u * | |
2055 viminfo_filename(file) | |
2056 char_u *file; | |
2057 { | |
2058 if (file == NULL || *file == NUL) | |
2059 { | |
2060 if (use_viminfo != NULL) | |
2061 file = use_viminfo; | |
2062 else if ((file = find_viminfo_parameter('n')) == NULL || *file == NUL) | |
2063 { | |
2064 #ifdef VIMINFO_FILE2 | |
2065 /* don't use $HOME when not defined (turned into "c:/"!). */ | |
2066 # ifdef VMS | |
2067 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN") == NULL) | |
2068 # else | |
2069 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL) | |
2070 # endif | |
2071 { | |
2072 /* don't use $VIM when not available. */ | |
2073 expand_env((char_u *)"$VIM", NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
2074 if (STRCMP("$VIM", NameBuff) != 0) /* $VIM was expanded */ | |
2075 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE2; | |
2076 else | |
2077 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; | |
2078 } | |
2079 else | |
2080 #endif | |
2081 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; | |
2082 } | |
2083 expand_env(file, NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
2084 file = NameBuff; | |
2085 } | |
2086 return vim_strsave(file); | |
2087 } | |
2088 | |
2089 /* | |
2090 * do_viminfo() -- Should only be called from read_viminfo() & write_viminfo(). | |
2091 */ | |
2092 static void | |
1733 | 2093 do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, flags) |
7 | 2094 FILE *fp_in; |
2095 FILE *fp_out; | |
1733 | 2096 int flags; |
7 | 2097 { |
2098 int count = 0; | |
2099 int eof = FALSE; | |
2100 vir_T vir; | |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2101 int merge = FALSE; |
7 | 2102 |
2103 if ((vir.vir_line = alloc(LSIZE)) == NULL) | |
2104 return; | |
2105 vir.vir_fd = fp_in; | |
2106 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2107 vir.vir_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
2108 #endif | |
2109 | |
2110 if (fp_in != NULL) | |
2111 { | |
1733 | 2112 if (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2113 { |
1733 | 2114 eof = read_viminfo_up_to_marks(&vir, |
2115 flags & VIF_FORCEIT, fp_out != NULL); | |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2116 merge = TRUE; |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2117 } |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2118 else if (flags != 0) |
7 | 2119 /* Skip info, find start of marks */ |
2120 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(&vir)) | |
2121 && vir.vir_line[0] != '>') | |
2122 ; | |
2123 } | |
2124 if (fp_out != NULL) | |
2125 { | |
2126 /* Write the info: */ | |
2127 fprintf(fp_out, _("# This viminfo file was generated by Vim %s.\n"), | |
2128 VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM); | |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2394
diff
changeset
|
2129 fputs(_("# You may edit it if you're careful!\n\n"), fp_out); |
7 | 2130 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2394
diff
changeset
|
2131 fputs(_("# Value of 'encoding' when this file was written\n"), fp_out); |
7 | 2132 fprintf(fp_out, "*encoding=%s\n\n", p_enc); |
2133 #endif | |
2134 write_viminfo_search_pattern(fp_out); | |
2135 write_viminfo_sub_string(fp_out); | |
2136 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2137 write_viminfo_history(fp_out, merge); |
7 | 2138 #endif |
2139 write_viminfo_registers(fp_out); | |
2140 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2141 write_viminfo_varlist(fp_out); | |
2142 #endif | |
2143 write_viminfo_filemarks(fp_out); | |
2144 write_viminfo_bufferlist(fp_out); | |
2145 count = write_viminfo_marks(fp_out); | |
2146 } | |
1733 | 2147 if (fp_in != NULL |
2148 && (flags & (VIF_WANT_MARKS | VIF_GET_OLDFILES | VIF_FORCEIT))) | |
2149 copy_viminfo_marks(&vir, fp_out, count, eof, flags); | |
7 | 2150 |
2151 vim_free(vir.vir_line); | |
2152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2153 if (vir.vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
2154 convert_setup(&vir.vir_conv, NULL, NULL); | |
2155 #endif | |
2156 } | |
2157 | |
2158 /* | |
2159 * read_viminfo_up_to_marks() -- Only called from do_viminfo(). Reads in the | |
2160 * first part of the viminfo file which contains everything but the marks that | |
2161 * are local to a file. Returns TRUE when end-of-file is reached. -- webb | |
2162 */ | |
2163 static int | |
2164 read_viminfo_up_to_marks(virp, forceit, writing) | |
2165 vir_T *virp; | |
2166 int forceit; | |
2167 int writing; | |
2168 { | |
2169 int eof; | |
2170 buf_T *buf; | |
2171 | |
2172 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
4285 | 2173 prepare_viminfo_history(forceit ? 9999 : 0, writing); |
7 | 2174 #endif |
2175 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2176 while (!eof && virp->vir_line[0] != '>') | |
2177 { | |
2178 switch (virp->vir_line[0]) | |
2179 { | |
2180 /* Characters reserved for future expansion, ignored now */ | |
2181 case '+': /* "+40 /path/dir file", for running vim without args */ | |
2182 case '|': /* to be defined */ | |
2183 case '^': /* to be defined */ | |
2184 case '<': /* long line - ignored */ | |
2185 /* A comment or empty line. */ | |
2186 case NUL: | |
2187 case '\r': | |
2188 case '\n': | |
2189 case '#': | |
2190 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2191 break; | |
2192 case '*': /* "*encoding=value" */ | |
2193 eof = viminfo_encoding(virp); | |
2194 break; | |
2195 case '!': /* global variable */ | |
2196 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2197 eof = read_viminfo_varlist(virp, writing); | |
2198 #else | |
2199 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2200 #endif | |
2201 break; | |
2202 case '%': /* entry for buffer list */ | |
2203 eof = read_viminfo_bufferlist(virp, writing); | |
2204 break; | |
2205 case '"': | |
2206 eof = read_viminfo_register(virp, forceit); | |
2207 break; | |
2208 case '/': /* Search string */ | |
2209 case '&': /* Substitute search string */ | |
2210 case '~': /* Last search string, followed by '/' or '&' */ | |
2211 eof = read_viminfo_search_pattern(virp, forceit); | |
2212 break; | |
2213 case '$': | |
2214 eof = read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, forceit); | |
2215 break; | |
2216 case ':': | |
2217 case '?': | |
2218 case '=': | |
2219 case '@': | |
2220 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
4285 | 2221 eof = read_viminfo_history(virp, writing); |
7 | 2222 #else |
2223 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2224 #endif | |
2225 break; | |
2226 case '-': | |
2227 case '\'': | |
2228 eof = read_viminfo_filemark(virp, forceit); | |
2229 break; | |
2230 default: | |
2231 if (viminfo_error("E575: ", _("Illegal starting char"), | |
2232 virp->vir_line)) | |
2233 eof = TRUE; | |
2234 else | |
2235 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2236 break; | |
2237 } | |
2238 } | |
2239 | |
2240 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
2241 /* Finish reading history items. */ | |
4285 | 2242 if (!writing) |
2243 finish_viminfo_history(); | |
7 | 2244 #endif |
2245 | |
2246 /* Change file names to buffer numbers for fmarks. */ | |
2247 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
2248 fmarks_check_names(buf); | |
2249 | |
2250 return eof; | |
2251 } | |
2252 | |
2253 /* | |
2254 * Compare the 'encoding' value in the viminfo file with the current value of | |
2255 * 'encoding'. If different and the 'c' flag is in 'viminfo', setup for | |
2256 * conversion of text with iconv() in viminfo_readstring(). | |
2257 */ | |
2258 static int | |
2259 viminfo_encoding(virp) | |
2260 vir_T *virp; | |
2261 { | |
2262 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2263 char_u *p; | |
2264 int i; | |
2265 | |
2266 if (get_viminfo_parameter('c') != 0) | |
2267 { | |
2268 p = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line, '='); | |
2269 if (p != NULL) | |
2270 { | |
2271 /* remove trailing newline */ | |
2272 ++p; | |
2273 for (i = 0; vim_isprintc(p[i]); ++i) | |
2274 ; | |
2275 p[i] = NUL; | |
2276 | |
2277 convert_setup(&virp->vir_conv, p, p_enc); | |
2278 } | |
2279 } | |
2280 #endif | |
2281 return viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2282 } | |
2283 | |
2284 /* | |
2285 * Read a line from the viminfo file. | |
2286 * Returns TRUE for end-of-file; | |
2287 */ | |
2288 int | |
2289 viminfo_readline(virp) | |
2290 vir_T *virp; | |
2291 { | |
2292 return vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, LSIZE, virp->vir_fd); | |
2293 } | |
2294 | |
2295 /* | |
2296 * check string read from viminfo file | |
2297 * remove '\n' at the end of the line | |
2298 * - replace CTRL-V CTRL-V with CTRL-V | |
2299 * - replace CTRL-V 'n' with '\n' | |
2300 * | |
2301 * Check for a long line as written by viminfo_writestring(). | |
2302 * | |
2303 * Return the string in allocated memory (NULL when out of memory). | |
2304 */ | |
2305 char_u * | |
2306 viminfo_readstring(virp, off, convert) | |
2307 vir_T *virp; | |
2308 int off; /* offset for virp->vir_line */ | |
1883 | 2309 int convert UNUSED; /* convert the string */ |
7 | 2310 { |
2311 char_u *retval; | |
2312 char_u *s, *d; | |
2313 long len; | |
2314 | |
2315 if (virp->vir_line[off] == Ctrl_V && vim_isdigit(virp->vir_line[off + 1])) | |
2316 { | |
2317 len = atol((char *)virp->vir_line + off + 1); | |
2318 retval = lalloc(len, TRUE); | |
2319 if (retval == NULL) | |
2320 { | |
2321 /* Line too long? File messed up? Skip next line. */ | |
2322 (void)vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, 10, virp->vir_fd); | |
2323 return NULL; | |
2324 } | |
2325 (void)vim_fgets(retval, (int)len, virp->vir_fd); | |
2326 s = retval + 1; /* Skip the leading '<' */ | |
2327 } | |
2328 else | |
2329 { | |
2330 retval = vim_strsave(virp->vir_line + off); | |
2331 if (retval == NULL) | |
2332 return NULL; | |
2333 s = retval; | |
2334 } | |
2335 | |
2336 /* Change CTRL-V CTRL-V to CTRL-V and CTRL-V n to \n in-place. */ | |
2337 d = retval; | |
2338 while (*s != NUL && *s != '\n') | |
2339 { | |
2340 if (s[0] == Ctrl_V && s[1] != NUL) | |
2341 { | |
2342 if (s[1] == 'n') | |
2343 *d++ = '\n'; | |
2344 else | |
2345 *d++ = Ctrl_V; | |
2346 s += 2; | |
2347 } | |
2348 else | |
2349 *d++ = *s++; | |
2350 } | |
2351 *d = NUL; | |
2352 | |
2353 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2354 if (convert && virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *retval != NUL) | |
2355 { | |
2356 d = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, retval, NULL); | |
2357 if (d != NULL) | |
2358 { | |
2359 vim_free(retval); | |
2360 retval = d; | |
2361 } | |
2362 } | |
2363 #endif | |
2364 | |
2365 return retval; | |
2366 } | |
2367 | |
2368 /* | |
2369 * write string to viminfo file | |
2370 * - replace CTRL-V with CTRL-V CTRL-V | |
2371 * - replace '\n' with CTRL-V 'n' | |
2372 * - add a '\n' at the end | |
2373 * | |
2374 * For a long line: | |
2375 * - write " CTRL-V <length> \n " in first line | |
2376 * - write " < <string> \n " in second line | |
2377 */ | |
2378 void | |
2379 viminfo_writestring(fd, p) | |
2380 FILE *fd; | |
2381 char_u *p; | |
2382 { | |
2383 int c; | |
2384 char_u *s; | |
2385 int len = 0; | |
2386 | |
2387 for (s = p; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
2388 { | |
2389 if (*s == Ctrl_V || *s == '\n') | |
2390 ++len; | |
2391 ++len; | |
2392 } | |
2393 | |
2394 /* If the string will be too long, write its length and put it in the next | |
2395 * line. Take into account that some room is needed for what comes before | |
2396 * the string (e.g., variable name). Add something to the length for the | |
2397 * '<', NL and trailing NUL. */ | |
2398 if (len > LSIZE / 2) | |
2399 fprintf(fd, IF_EB("\026%d\n<", CTRL_V_STR "%d\n<"), len + 3); | |
2400 | |
2401 while ((c = *p++) != NUL) | |
2402 { | |
2403 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == '\n') | |
2404 { | |
2405 putc(Ctrl_V, fd); | |
2406 if (c == '\n') | |
2407 c = 'n'; | |
2408 } | |
2409 putc(c, fd); | |
2410 } | |
2411 putc('\n', fd); | |
2412 } | |
2413 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ | |
2414 | |
2415 /* | |
2416 * Implementation of ":fixdel", also used by get_stty(). | |
2417 * <BS> resulting <Del> | |
2418 * ^? ^H | |
2419 * not ^? ^? | |
2420 */ | |
2421 void | |
2422 do_fixdel(eap) | |
1876 | 2423 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; |
7 | 2424 { |
2425 char_u *p; | |
2426 | |
2427 p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kb"); | |
2428 add_termcode((char_u *)"kD", p != NULL | |
2429 && *p == DEL ? (char_u *)CTRL_H_STR : DEL_STR, FALSE); | |
2430 } | |
2431 | |
2432 void | |
169 | 2433 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list) |
7 | 2434 linenr_T lnum; |
2435 int use_number; | |
169 | 2436 int list; |
7 | 2437 { |
13 | 2438 char_u numbuf[30]; |
7 | 2439 |
2440 if (curwin->w_p_nu || use_number) | |
2441 { | |
1872 | 2442 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, sizeof(numbuf), |
2443 "%*ld ", number_width(curwin), (long)lnum); | |
7 | 2444 msg_puts_attr(numbuf, hl_attr(HLF_N)); /* Highlight line nrs */ |
2445 } | |
169 | 2446 msg_prt_line(ml_get(lnum), list); |
7 | 2447 } |
2448 | |
2449 /* | |
2450 * Print a text line. Also in silent mode ("ex -s"). | |
2451 */ | |
2452 void | |
169 | 2453 print_line(lnum, use_number, list) |
7 | 2454 linenr_T lnum; |
2455 int use_number; | |
169 | 2456 int list; |
7 | 2457 { |
2458 int save_silent = silent_mode; | |
2459 | |
169 | 2460 msg_start(); |
7 | 2461 silent_mode = FALSE; |
169 | 2462 info_message = TRUE; /* use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg() */ |
2463 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list); | |
7 | 2464 if (save_silent) |
2465 { | |
2466 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
2467 cursor_on(); /* msg_start() switches it off */ | |
2468 out_flush(); | |
2469 silent_mode = save_silent; | |
1798 | 2470 } |
2471 info_message = FALSE; | |
7 | 2472 } |
2473 | |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2474 int |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2475 rename_buffer(new_fname) |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2476 char_u *new_fname; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2477 { |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2478 char_u *fname, *sfname, *xfname; |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2479 buf_T *buf; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2480 |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2481 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2482 buf = curbuf; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2483 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2484 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2485 if (buf != curbuf) |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2486 return FAIL; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2487 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2488 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2489 return FAIL; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2490 # endif |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2491 #endif |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2492 /* |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2493 * The name of the current buffer will be changed. |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2494 * A new (unlisted) buffer entry needs to be made to hold the old file |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2495 * name, which will become the alternate file name. |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2496 * But don't set the alternate file name if the buffer didn't have a |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2497 * name. |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2498 */ |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2499 fname = curbuf->b_ffname; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2500 sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2501 xfname = curbuf->b_fname; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2502 curbuf->b_ffname = NULL; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2503 curbuf->b_sfname = NULL; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2504 if (setfname(curbuf, new_fname, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2505 { |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2506 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2507 curbuf->b_sfname = sfname; |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2508 return FAIL; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2509 } |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2510 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED; |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2511 if (xfname != NULL && *xfname != NUL) |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2512 { |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2513 buf = buflist_new(fname, xfname, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2514 if (buf != NULL && !cmdmod.keepalt) |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2515 curwin->w_alt_fnum = buf->b_fnum; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2516 } |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2517 vim_free(fname); |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2518 vim_free(sfname); |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2519 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2520 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2521 #endif |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2522 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2523 DO_AUTOCHDIR |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2524 return OK; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2525 } |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2526 |
7 | 2527 /* |
2528 * ":file[!] [fname]". | |
2529 */ | |
2530 void | |
2531 ex_file(eap) | |
2532 exarg_T *eap; | |
2533 { | |
14 | 2534 /* ":0file" removes the file name. Check for illegal uses ":3file", |
2535 * "0file name", etc. */ | |
2536 if (eap->addr_count > 0 | |
2537 && (*eap->arg != NUL | |
2538 || eap->line2 > 0 | |
2539 || eap->addr_count > 1)) | |
2540 { | |
2541 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
2542 return; | |
2543 } | |
2544 | |
2545 if (*eap->arg != NUL || eap->addr_count == 1) | |
7 | 2546 { |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2547 if (rename_buffer(eap->arg) == FAIL) |
7 | 2548 return; |
2549 } | |
2550 /* print full file name if :cd used */ | |
2551 fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit); | |
2552 } | |
2553 | |
2554 /* | |
2555 * ":update". | |
2556 */ | |
2557 void | |
2558 ex_update(eap) | |
2559 exarg_T *eap; | |
2560 { | |
2561 if (curbufIsChanged()) | |
2562 (void)do_write(eap); | |
2563 } | |
2564 | |
2565 /* | |
2566 * ":write" and ":saveas". | |
2567 */ | |
2568 void | |
2569 ex_write(eap) | |
2570 exarg_T *eap; | |
2571 { | |
2572 if (eap->usefilter) /* input lines to shell command */ | |
2573 do_bang(1, eap, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); | |
2574 else | |
2575 (void)do_write(eap); | |
2576 } | |
2577 | |
2578 /* | |
2579 * write current buffer to file 'eap->arg' | |
2580 * if 'eap->append' is TRUE, append to the file | |
2581 * | |
2582 * if *eap->arg == NUL write to current file | |
2583 * | |
2584 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
2585 */ | |
2586 int | |
2587 do_write(eap) | |
2588 exarg_T *eap; | |
2589 { | |
2590 int other; | |
2591 char_u *fname = NULL; /* init to shut up gcc */ | |
2592 char_u *ffname; | |
2593 int retval = FAIL; | |
2594 char_u *free_fname = NULL; | |
2595 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
2596 char_u *browse_file = NULL; | |
2597 #endif | |
2598 buf_T *alt_buf = NULL; | |
2599 | |
2600 if (not_writing()) /* check 'write' option */ | |
2601 return FAIL; | |
2602 | |
2603 ffname = eap->arg; | |
2604 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
2605 if (cmdmod.browse) | |
2606 { | |
29 | 2607 browse_file = do_browse(BROWSE_SAVE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), ffname, |
7 | 2608 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); |
2609 if (browse_file == NULL) | |
2610 goto theend; | |
2611 ffname = browse_file; | |
2612 } | |
2613 #endif | |
2614 if (*ffname == NUL) | |
2615 { | |
2616 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) | |
2617 { | |
2618 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); | |
2619 goto theend; | |
2620 } | |
2621 other = FALSE; | |
2622 } | |
2623 else | |
2624 { | |
2625 fname = ffname; | |
2626 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); | |
2627 /* | |
2628 * When out-of-memory, keep unexpanded file name, because we MUST be | |
2629 * able to write the file in this situation. | |
2630 */ | |
2631 if (free_fname != NULL) | |
2632 ffname = free_fname; | |
2633 other = otherfile(ffname); | |
2634 } | |
2635 | |
2636 /* | |
2637 * If we have a new file, put its name in the list of alternate file names. | |
2638 */ | |
2639 if (other) | |
2640 { | |
2641 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_ALTWRITE) != NULL | |
2642 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) | |
2643 alt_buf = setaltfname(ffname, fname, (linenr_T)1); | |
2644 else | |
2645 alt_buf = buflist_findname(ffname); | |
2646 if (alt_buf != NULL && alt_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) | |
2647 { | |
2648 /* Overwriting a file that is loaded in another buffer is not a | |
2649 * good idea. */ | |
315 | 2650 EMSG(_(e_bufloaded)); |
7 | 2651 goto theend; |
2652 } | |
2653 } | |
2654 | |
2655 /* | |
2656 * Writing to the current file is not allowed in readonly mode | |
2657 * and a file name is required. | |
2658 * "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers cannot be written implicitly either. | |
2659 */ | |
2660 if (!other && ( | |
2661 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
2662 bt_dontwrite_msg(curbuf) || | |
2663 #endif | |
2664 check_fname() == FAIL || check_readonly(&eap->forceit, curbuf))) | |
2665 goto theend; | |
2666 | |
2667 if (!other) | |
2668 { | |
2669 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; | |
2670 fname = curbuf->b_fname; | |
2671 /* | |
2672 * Not writing the whole file is only allowed with '!'. | |
2673 */ | |
2674 if ( (eap->line1 != 1 | |
2675 || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
2676 && !eap->forceit | |
2677 && !eap->append | |
2678 && !p_wa) | |
2679 { | |
2680 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
2681 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) | |
2682 { | |
2683 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, | |
2684 (char_u *)_("Write partial file?"), 2) != VIM_YES) | |
2685 goto theend; | |
2686 eap->forceit = TRUE; | |
2687 } | |
2688 else | |
2689 #endif | |
2690 { | |
2691 EMSG(_("E140: Use ! to write partial buffer")); | |
2692 goto theend; | |
2693 } | |
2694 } | |
2695 } | |
2696 | |
2697 if (check_overwrite(eap, curbuf, fname, ffname, other) == OK) | |
2698 { | |
2699 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas && alt_buf != NULL) | |
2700 { | |
2701 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2702 buf_T *was_curbuf = curbuf; | |
2703 | |
2704 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
21 | 2705 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); |
7 | 2706 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
2707 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) | |
2708 # else | |
2709 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) | |
2710 # endif | |
2711 { | |
2712 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ | |
2713 retval = FAIL; | |
2714 goto theend; | |
2715 } | |
2716 #endif | |
2717 /* Exchange the file names for the current and the alternate | |
2718 * buffer. This makes it look like we are now editing the buffer | |
2719 * under the new name. Must be done before buf_write(), because | |
2720 * if there is no file name and 'cpo' contains 'F', it will set | |
2721 * the file name. */ | |
2722 fname = alt_buf->b_fname; | |
2723 alt_buf->b_fname = curbuf->b_fname; | |
2724 curbuf->b_fname = fname; | |
2725 fname = alt_buf->b_ffname; | |
2726 alt_buf->b_ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; | |
2727 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; | |
2728 fname = alt_buf->b_sfname; | |
2729 alt_buf->b_sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; | |
2730 curbuf->b_sfname = fname; | |
2731 buf_name_changed(curbuf); | |
2732 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2733 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
21 | 2734 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); |
7 | 2735 if (!alt_buf->b_p_bl) |
2736 { | |
2737 alt_buf->b_p_bl = TRUE; | |
2738 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFADD, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); | |
2739 } | |
2740 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2741 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) | |
2742 # else | |
2743 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) | |
2744 # endif | |
2745 { | |
2746 /* buffer changed, don't write the file */ | |
2747 retval = FAIL; | |
2748 goto theend; | |
2749 } | |
634 | 2750 |
2751 /* If 'filetype' was empty try detecting it now. */ | |
2752 if (*curbuf->b_p_ft == NUL) | |
2753 { | |
819 | 2754 if (au_has_group((char_u *)"filetypedetect")) |
2755 (void)do_doautocmd((char_u *)"filetypedetect BufRead", | |
2756 TRUE); | |
717 | 2757 do_modelines(0); |
634 | 2758 } |
2648 | 2759 |
2760 /* Autocommands may have changed buffer names, esp. when | |
2761 * 'autochdir' is set. */ | |
2762 fname = curbuf->b_sfname; | |
7 | 2763 #endif |
2764 } | |
2765 | |
2766 retval = buf_write(curbuf, ffname, fname, eap->line1, eap->line2, | |
2767 eap, eap->append, eap->forceit, TRUE, FALSE); | |
634 | 2768 |
819 | 2769 /* After ":saveas fname" reset 'readonly'. */ |
961 | 2770 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) |
2771 { | |
2772 if (retval == OK) | |
1806 | 2773 { |
961 | 2774 curbuf->b_p_ro = FALSE; |
1806 | 2775 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
2776 redraw_tabline = TRUE; | |
2777 #endif | |
2778 } | |
961 | 2779 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
2780 DO_AUTOCHDIR | |
2781 } | |
7 | 2782 } |
2783 | |
2784 theend: | |
2785 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
2786 vim_free(browse_file); | |
2787 #endif | |
2788 vim_free(free_fname); | |
2789 return retval; | |
2790 } | |
2791 | |
2792 /* | |
2793 * Check if it is allowed to overwrite a file. If b_flags has BF_NOTEDITED, | |
2794 * BF_NEW or BF_READERR, check for overwriting current file. | |
2795 * May set eap->forceit if a dialog says it's OK to overwrite. | |
2796 * Return OK if it's OK, FAIL if it is not. | |
2797 */ | |
3486 | 2798 int |
7 | 2799 check_overwrite(eap, buf, fname, ffname, other) |
2800 exarg_T *eap; | |
2801 buf_T *buf; | |
2802 char_u *fname; /* file name to be used (can differ from | |
2803 buf->ffname) */ | |
2804 char_u *ffname; /* full path version of fname */ | |
2805 int other; /* writing under other name */ | |
2806 { | |
2807 /* | |
2808 * write to other file or b_flags set or not writing the whole file: | |
2809 * overwriting only allowed with '!' | |
2810 */ | |
2811 if ( (other | |
2812 || (buf->b_flags & BF_NOTEDITED) | |
2813 || ((buf->b_flags & BF_NEW) | |
2814 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_OVERNEW) == NULL) | |
2815 || (buf->b_flags & BF_READERR)) | |
2816 && !p_wa | |
1457 | 2817 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
2818 && !bt_nofile(buf) | |
2819 #endif | |
7 | 2820 && vim_fexists(ffname)) |
2821 { | |
460 | 2822 if (!eap->forceit && !eap->append) |
7 | 2823 { |
460 | 2824 #ifdef UNIX |
637 | 2825 /* with UNIX it is possible to open a directory */ |
460 | 2826 if (mch_isdir(ffname)) |
2827 { | |
2828 EMSG2(_(e_isadir2), ffname); | |
2829 return FAIL; | |
2830 } | |
7 | 2831 #endif |
2832 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
460 | 2833 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) |
2834 { | |
2770 | 2835 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; |
460 | 2836 |
2837 dialog_msg(buff, _("Overwrite existing file \"%s\"?"), fname); | |
2838 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) != VIM_YES) | |
2839 return FAIL; | |
2840 eap->forceit = TRUE; | |
2841 } | |
2842 else | |
2843 #endif | |
2844 { | |
2845 EMSG(_(e_exists)); | |
7 | 2846 return FAIL; |
460 | 2847 } |
7 | 2848 } |
460 | 2849 |
2850 /* For ":w! filename" check that no swap file exists for "filename". */ | |
2851 if (other && !emsg_silent) | |
7 | 2852 { |
2770 | 2853 char_u *dir; |
460 | 2854 char_u *p; |
2855 int r; | |
2856 char_u *swapname; | |
2857 | |
2858 /* We only try the first entry in 'directory', without checking if | |
2859 * it's writable. If the "." directory is not writable the write | |
2860 * will probably fail anyway. | |
2861 * Use 'shortname' of the current buffer, since there is no buffer | |
2862 * for the written file. */ | |
2863 if (*p_dir == NUL) | |
2770 | 2864 { |
2865 dir = alloc(5); | |
2866 if (dir == NULL) | |
2867 return FAIL; | |
460 | 2868 STRCPY(dir, "."); |
2770 | 2869 } |
460 | 2870 else |
2871 { | |
2770 | 2872 dir = alloc(MAXPATHL); |
2873 if (dir == NULL) | |
2874 return FAIL; | |
460 | 2875 p = p_dir; |
2876 copy_option_part(&p, dir, MAXPATHL, ","); | |
2877 } | |
2878 swapname = makeswapname(fname, ffname, curbuf, dir); | |
2770 | 2879 vim_free(dir); |
460 | 2880 r = vim_fexists(swapname); |
2881 if (r) | |
2882 { | |
2883 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
2884 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) | |
2885 { | |
2770 | 2886 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; |
460 | 2887 |
2888 dialog_msg(buff, | |
2889 _("Swap file \"%s\" exists, overwrite anyway?"), | |
2890 swapname); | |
2891 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) | |
2892 != VIM_YES) | |
819 | 2893 { |
2894 vim_free(swapname); | |
460 | 2895 return FAIL; |
819 | 2896 } |
460 | 2897 eap->forceit = TRUE; |
2898 } | |
2899 else | |
2900 #endif | |
2901 { | |
2902 EMSG2(_("E768: Swap file exists: %s (:silent! overrides)"), | |
2903 swapname); | |
819 | 2904 vim_free(swapname); |
460 | 2905 return FAIL; |
2906 } | |
2907 } | |
819 | 2908 vim_free(swapname); |
7 | 2909 } |
2910 } | |
2911 return OK; | |
2912 } | |
2913 | |
2914 /* | |
2915 * Handle ":wnext", ":wNext" and ":wprevious" commands. | |
2916 */ | |
2917 void | |
2918 ex_wnext(eap) | |
2919 exarg_T *eap; | |
2920 { | |
2921 int i; | |
2922 | |
2923 if (eap->cmd[1] == 'n') | |
2924 i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2; | |
2925 else | |
2926 i = curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2; | |
2927 eap->line1 = 1; | |
2928 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
2929 if (do_write(eap) != FAIL) | |
2930 do_argfile(eap, i); | |
2931 } | |
2932 | |
2933 /* | |
2934 * ":wall", ":wqall" and ":xall": Write all changed files (and exit). | |
2935 */ | |
2936 void | |
2937 do_wqall(eap) | |
2938 exarg_T *eap; | |
2939 { | |
2940 buf_T *buf; | |
2941 int error = 0; | |
2942 int save_forceit = eap->forceit; | |
2943 | |
2944 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_xall || eap->cmdidx == CMD_wqall) | |
2945 exiting = TRUE; | |
2946 | |
2947 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
2948 { | |
2949 if (bufIsChanged(buf)) | |
2950 { | |
2951 /* | |
2952 * Check if there is a reason the buffer cannot be written: | |
2953 * 1. if the 'write' option is set | |
2954 * 2. if there is no file name (even after browsing) | |
2955 * 3. if the 'readonly' is set (even after a dialog) | |
2956 * 4. if overwriting is allowed (even after a dialog) | |
2957 */ | |
2958 if (not_writing()) | |
2959 { | |
2960 ++error; | |
2961 break; | |
2962 } | |
2963 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
2964 /* ":browse wall": ask for file name if there isn't one */ | |
2965 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL && cmdmod.browse) | |
2966 browse_save_fname(buf); | |
2967 #endif | |
2968 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL) | |
2969 { | |
2970 EMSGN(_("E141: No file name for buffer %ld"), (long)buf->b_fnum); | |
2971 ++error; | |
2972 } | |
2973 else if (check_readonly(&eap->forceit, buf) | |
2974 || check_overwrite(eap, buf, buf->b_fname, buf->b_ffname, | |
2975 FALSE) == FAIL) | |
2976 { | |
2977 ++error; | |
2978 } | |
2979 else | |
2980 { | |
2981 if (buf_write_all(buf, eap->forceit) == FAIL) | |
2982 ++error; | |
2983 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2984 /* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */ | |
2985 if (!buf_valid(buf)) | |
2986 buf = firstbuf; | |
2987 #endif | |
2988 } | |
2989 eap->forceit = save_forceit; /* check_overwrite() may set it */ | |
2990 } | |
2991 } | |
2992 if (exiting) | |
2993 { | |
2994 if (!error) | |
2995 getout(0); /* exit Vim */ | |
2996 not_exiting(); | |
2997 } | |
2998 } | |
2999 | |
3000 /* | |
3001 * Check the 'write' option. | |
3002 * Return TRUE and give a message when it's not st. | |
3003 */ | |
3004 int | |
3005 not_writing() | |
3006 { | |
3007 if (p_write) | |
3008 return FALSE; | |
3009 EMSG(_("E142: File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option")); | |
3010 return TRUE; | |
3011 } | |
3012 | |
3013 /* | |
1303 | 3014 * Check if a buffer is read-only (either 'readonly' option is set or file is |
3015 * read-only). Ask for overruling in a dialog. Return TRUE and give an error | |
3016 * message when the buffer is readonly. | |
7 | 3017 */ |
3018 static int | |
3019 check_readonly(forceit, buf) | |
3020 int *forceit; | |
3021 buf_T *buf; | |
3022 { | |
1303 | 3023 struct stat st; |
3024 | |
3025 /* Handle a file being readonly when the 'readonly' option is set or when | |
3026 * the file exists and permissions are read-only. | |
3027 * We will send 0777 to check_file_readonly(), as the "perm" variable is | |
3028 * important for device checks but not here. */ | |
3029 if (!*forceit && (buf->b_p_ro | |
3030 || (mch_stat((char *)buf->b_ffname, &st) >= 0 | |
3031 && check_file_readonly(buf->b_ffname, 0777)))) | |
7 | 3032 { |
3033 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
3034 if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && buf->b_fname != NULL) | |
3035 { | |
2770 | 3036 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; |
7 | 3037 |
1303 | 3038 if (buf->b_p_ro) |
3039 dialog_msg(buff, _("'readonly' option is set for \"%s\".\nDo you wish to write anyway?"), | |
3040 buf->b_fname); | |
3041 else | |
3042 dialog_msg(buff, _("File permissions of \"%s\" are read-only.\nIt may still be possible to write it.\nDo you wish to try?"), | |
7 | 3043 buf->b_fname); |
3044 | |
3045 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) == VIM_YES) | |
3046 { | |
3047 /* Set forceit, to force the writing of a readonly file */ | |
3048 *forceit = TRUE; | |
3049 return FALSE; | |
3050 } | |
3051 else | |
3052 return TRUE; | |
3053 } | |
3054 else | |
3055 #endif | |
1303 | 3056 if (buf->b_p_ro) |
7 | 3057 EMSG(_(e_readonly)); |
1303 | 3058 else |
3059 EMSG2(_("E505: \"%s\" is read-only (add ! to override)"), | |
3060 buf->b_fname); | |
7 | 3061 return TRUE; |
3062 } | |
1303 | 3063 |
7 | 3064 return FALSE; |
3065 } | |
3066 | |
3067 /* | |
632 | 3068 * Try to abandon current file and edit a new or existing file. |
3069 * 'fnum' is the number of the file, if zero use ffname/sfname. | |
7 | 3070 * |
632 | 3071 * Return 1 for "normal" error, 2 for "not written" error, 0 for success |
1370 | 3072 * -1 for successfully opening another file. |
7 | 3073 * 'lnum' is the line number for the cursor in the new file (if non-zero). |
3074 */ | |
3075 int | |
3076 getfile(fnum, ffname, sfname, setpm, lnum, forceit) | |
3077 int fnum; | |
3078 char_u *ffname; | |
3079 char_u *sfname; | |
3080 int setpm; | |
3081 linenr_T lnum; | |
3082 int forceit; | |
3083 { | |
3084 int other; | |
3085 int retval; | |
3086 char_u *free_me = NULL; | |
3087 | |
634 | 3088 if (text_locked()) |
7 | 3089 return 1; |
819 | 3090 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3091 if (curbuf_locked()) | |
3092 return 1; | |
3093 #endif | |
7 | 3094 |
3095 if (fnum == 0) | |
3096 { | |
3097 /* make ffname full path, set sfname */ | |
3098 fname_expand(curbuf, &ffname, &sfname); | |
3099 other = otherfile(ffname); | |
3100 free_me = ffname; /* has been allocated, free() later */ | |
3101 } | |
3102 else | |
3103 other = (fnum != curbuf->b_fnum); | |
3104 | |
3105 if (other) | |
3106 ++no_wait_return; /* don't wait for autowrite message */ | |
3107 if (other && !forceit && curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 && !P_HID(curbuf) | |
3108 && curbufIsChanged() && autowrite(curbuf, forceit) == FAIL) | |
3109 { | |
3110 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
3111 if (p_confirm && p_write) | |
3112 dialog_changed(curbuf, FALSE); | |
3113 if (curbufIsChanged()) | |
3114 #endif | |
3115 { | |
3116 if (other) | |
3117 --no_wait_return; | |
3118 EMSG(_(e_nowrtmsg)); | |
3119 retval = 2; /* file has been changed */ | |
3120 goto theend; | |
3121 } | |
3122 } | |
3123 if (other) | |
3124 --no_wait_return; | |
3125 if (setpm) | |
3126 setpcmark(); | |
3127 if (!other) | |
3128 { | |
3129 if (lnum != 0) | |
3130 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3131 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
3132 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
3133 retval = 0; /* it's in the same file */ | |
3134 } | |
3135 else if (do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, NULL, lnum, | |
1743 | 3136 (P_HID(curbuf) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) + (forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0), |
3137 curwin) == OK) | |
7 | 3138 retval = -1; /* opened another file */ |
3139 else | |
3140 retval = 1; /* error encountered */ | |
3141 | |
3142 theend: | |
3143 vim_free(free_me); | |
3144 return retval; | |
3145 } | |
3146 | |
3147 /* | |
3148 * start editing a new file | |
3149 * | |
3150 * fnum: file number; if zero use ffname/sfname | |
3151 * ffname: the file name | |
3152 * - full path if sfname used, | |
3153 * - any file name if sfname is NULL | |
3154 * - empty string to re-edit with the same file name (but may be | |
3155 * in a different directory) | |
3156 * - NULL to start an empty buffer | |
3157 * sfname: the short file name (or NULL) | |
3158 * eap: contains the command to be executed after loading the file and | |
3159 * forced 'ff' and 'fenc' | |
3160 * newlnum: if > 0: put cursor on this line number (if possible) | |
3161 * if ECMD_LASTL: use last position in loaded file | |
3162 * if ECMD_LAST: use last position in all files | |
3163 * if ECMD_ONE: use first line | |
3164 * flags: | |
3165 * ECMD_HIDE: if TRUE don't free the current buffer | |
3166 * ECMD_SET_HELP: set b_help flag of (new) buffer before opening file | |
3167 * ECMD_OLDBUF: use existing buffer if it exists | |
3168 * ECMD_FORCEIT: ! used for Ex command | |
3169 * ECMD_ADDBUF: don't edit, just add to buffer list | |
1743 | 3170 * oldwin: Should be "curwin" when editing a new buffer in the current |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
3171 * window, NULL when splitting the window first. When not NULL info |
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
3172 * of the previous buffer for "oldwin" is stored. |
7 | 3173 * |
3174 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
3175 */ | |
3176 int | |
1743 | 3177 do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, eap, newlnum, flags, oldwin) |
7 | 3178 int fnum; |
3179 char_u *ffname; | |
3180 char_u *sfname; | |
3181 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */ | |
3182 linenr_T newlnum; | |
3183 int flags; | |
1743 | 3184 win_T *oldwin; |
7 | 3185 { |
3186 int other_file; /* TRUE if editing another file */ | |
3187 int oldbuf; /* TRUE if using existing buffer */ | |
3188 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3189 int auto_buf = FALSE; /* TRUE if autocommands brought us | |
3190 into the buffer unexpectedly */ | |
3191 char_u *new_name = NULL; | |
716 | 3192 int did_set_swapcommand = FALSE; |
7 | 3193 #endif |
3194 buf_T *buf; | |
3195 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
3196 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
3197 #endif | |
3198 char_u *free_fname = NULL; | |
3199 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
3200 char_u *browse_file = NULL; | |
3201 #endif | |
3202 int retval = FAIL; | |
3203 long n; | |
6702 | 3204 pos_T orig_pos; |
7 | 3205 linenr_T topline = 0; |
3206 int newcol = -1; | |
3207 int solcol = -1; | |
3208 pos_T *pos; | |
3209 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP | |
3210 char_u *cp; | |
3211 #endif | |
3212 char_u *command = NULL; | |
1185 | 3213 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
3214 int did_get_winopts = FALSE; | |
3215 #endif | |
2394
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3216 int readfile_flags = 0; |
7 | 3217 |
3218 if (eap != NULL) | |
3219 command = eap->do_ecmd_cmd; | |
3220 | |
3221 if (fnum != 0) | |
3222 { | |
3223 if (fnum == curbuf->b_fnum) /* file is already being edited */ | |
3224 return OK; /* nothing to do */ | |
3225 other_file = TRUE; | |
3226 } | |
3227 else | |
3228 { | |
3229 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
3230 if (cmdmod.browse) | |
3231 { | |
1683 | 3232 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
462 | 3233 if ( |
1683 | 3234 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
462 | 3235 !gui.in_use && |
1683 | 3236 # endif |
462 | 3237 au_has_group((char_u *)"FileExplorer")) |
3238 { | |
3239 /* No browsing supported but we do have the file explorer: | |
3240 * Edit the directory. */ | |
3241 if (ffname == NULL || !mch_isdir(ffname)) | |
3242 ffname = (char_u *)"."; | |
3243 } | |
3244 else | |
1683 | 3245 # endif |
462 | 3246 { |
3247 browse_file = do_browse(0, (char_u *)_("Edit File"), ffname, | |
7 | 3248 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); |
462 | 3249 if (browse_file == NULL) |
3250 goto theend; | |
3251 ffname = browse_file; | |
3252 } | |
7 | 3253 } |
3254 #endif | |
3255 /* if no short name given, use ffname for short name */ | |
3256 if (sfname == NULL) | |
3257 sfname = ffname; | |
3258 #ifdef USE_FNAME_CASE | |
3259 # ifdef USE_LONG_FNAME | |
3260 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) | |
3261 # endif | |
436 | 3262 if (sfname != NULL) |
3263 fname_case(sfname, 0); /* set correct case for sfname */ | |
7 | 3264 #endif |
3265 | |
3266 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS | |
3267 if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) && (ffname == NULL || *ffname == NUL)) | |
3268 goto theend; | |
3269 #endif | |
3270 | |
3271 if (ffname == NULL) | |
3272 other_file = TRUE; | |
3273 /* there is no file name */ | |
3274 else if (*ffname == NUL && curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) | |
3275 other_file = FALSE; | |
3276 else | |
3277 { | |
3278 if (*ffname == NUL) /* re-edit with same file name */ | |
3279 { | |
3280 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; | |
3281 sfname = curbuf->b_fname; | |
3282 } | |
3283 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); /* may expand to full path name */ | |
3284 if (free_fname != NULL) | |
3285 ffname = free_fname; | |
3286 other_file = otherfile(ffname); | |
3287 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP | |
3288 if (usingSunWorkShop && p_acd | |
3289 && (cp = vim_strrchr(sfname, '/')) != NULL) | |
3290 sfname = ++cp; | |
3291 #endif | |
3292 } | |
3293 } | |
3294 | |
3295 /* | |
3296 * if the file was changed we may not be allowed to abandon it | |
3297 * - if we are going to re-edit the same file | |
3298 * - or if we are the only window on this file and if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE | |
3299 */ | |
3300 if ( ((!other_file && !(flags & ECMD_OLDBUF)) | |
3301 || (curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 | |
3302 && !(flags & (ECMD_HIDE | ECMD_ADDBUF)))) | |
5464 | 3303 && check_changed(curbuf, (p_awa ? CCGD_AW : 0) |
3304 | (other_file ? 0 : CCGD_MULTWIN) | |
3305 | ((flags & ECMD_FORCEIT) ? CCGD_FORCEIT : 0) | |
3306 | (eap == NULL ? 0 : CCGD_EXCMD))) | |
7 | 3307 { |
3308 if (fnum == 0 && other_file && ffname != NULL) | |
3309 (void)setaltfname(ffname, sfname, newlnum < 0 ? 0 : newlnum); | |
3310 goto theend; | |
3311 } | |
3312 | |
3313 /* | |
3314 * End Visual mode before switching to another buffer, so the text can be | |
3315 * copied into the GUI selection buffer. | |
3316 */ | |
3317 reset_VIsual(); | |
3318 | |
716 | 3319 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3320 if ((command != NULL || newlnum > (linenr_T)0) | |
3321 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_SWAPCOMMAND) == NUL) | |
3322 { | |
3323 int len; | |
3324 char_u *p; | |
3325 | |
3326 /* Set v:swapcommand for the SwapExists autocommands. */ | |
3327 if (command != NULL) | |
835 | 3328 len = (int)STRLEN(command) + 3; |
716 | 3329 else |
3330 len = 30; | |
3331 p = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
3332 if (p != NULL) | |
3333 { | |
3334 if (command != NULL) | |
3335 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, ":%s\r", command); | |
3336 else | |
3337 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, "%ldG", (long)newlnum); | |
3338 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, p, -1); | |
3339 did_set_swapcommand = TRUE; | |
3340 vim_free(p); | |
3341 } | |
3342 } | |
3343 #endif | |
3344 | |
7 | 3345 /* |
3346 * If we are starting to edit another file, open a (new) buffer. | |
3347 * Otherwise we re-use the current buffer. | |
3348 */ | |
3349 if (other_file) | |
3350 { | |
3351 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS | |
3352 if (!(flags & ECMD_ADDBUF)) | |
3353 #endif | |
3354 { | |
22 | 3355 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) |
3356 curwin->w_alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; | |
1743 | 3357 if (oldwin != NULL) |
3358 buflist_altfpos(oldwin); | |
7 | 3359 } |
3360 | |
3361 if (fnum) | |
3362 buf = buflist_findnr(fnum); | |
3363 else | |
3364 { | |
3365 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS | |
3366 if (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) | |
3367 { | |
3368 linenr_T tlnum = 1L; | |
3369 | |
3370 if (command != NULL) | |
3371 { | |
3372 tlnum = atol((char *)command); | |
3373 if (tlnum <= 0) | |
3374 tlnum = 1L; | |
3375 } | |
3376 (void)buflist_new(ffname, sfname, tlnum, BLN_LISTED); | |
3377 goto theend; | |
3378 } | |
3379 #endif | |
3380 buf = buflist_new(ffname, sfname, 0L, | |
3381 BLN_CURBUF | ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) ? 0 : BLN_LISTED)); | |
5816 | 3382 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3383 /* autocommands may change curwin and curbuf */ | |
3384 if (oldwin != NULL) | |
3385 oldwin = curwin; | |
3386 old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
3387 #endif | |
7 | 3388 } |
3389 if (buf == NULL) | |
3390 goto theend; | |
3391 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) /* no memfile yet */ | |
3392 { | |
3393 oldbuf = FALSE; | |
3394 } | |
3395 else /* existing memfile */ | |
3396 { | |
3397 oldbuf = TRUE; | |
3398 (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE); | |
3399 /* Check if autocommands made buffer invalid or changed the current | |
3400 * buffer. */ | |
3401 if (!buf_valid(buf) | |
3402 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3403 || curbuf != old_curbuf | |
3404 #endif | |
3405 ) | |
3406 goto theend; | |
3407 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3408 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3409 goto theend; | |
3410 #endif | |
3411 } | |
3412 | |
3413 /* May jump to last used line number for a loaded buffer or when asked | |
3414 * for explicitly */ | |
3415 if ((oldbuf && newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) || newlnum == ECMD_LAST) | |
3416 { | |
3417 pos = buflist_findfpos(buf); | |
3418 newlnum = pos->lnum; | |
3419 solcol = pos->col; | |
3420 } | |
3421 | |
3422 /* | |
3423 * Make the (new) buffer the one used by the current window. | |
3424 * If the old buffer becomes unused, free it if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE. | |
3425 * If the current buffer was empty and has no file name, curbuf | |
6639 | 3426 * is returned by buflist_new(), nothing to do here. |
7 | 3427 */ |
3428 if (buf != curbuf) | |
3429 { | |
3430 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3431 /* | |
3432 * Be careful: The autocommands may delete any buffer and change | |
3433 * the current buffer. | |
3434 * - If the buffer we are going to edit is deleted, give up. | |
3435 * - If the current buffer is deleted, prefer to load the new | |
3436 * buffer when loading a buffer is required. This avoids | |
3437 * loading another buffer which then must be closed again. | |
3438 * - If we ended up in the new buffer already, need to skip a few | |
3439 * things, set auto_buf. | |
3440 */ | |
3441 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) | |
3442 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); | |
3443 au_new_curbuf = buf; | |
3444 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
3445 if (!buf_valid(buf)) /* new buffer has been deleted */ | |
3446 { | |
3447 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ | |
3448 goto theend; | |
3449 } | |
3450 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3451 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3452 { | |
3453 vim_free(new_name); | |
3454 goto theend; | |
3455 } | |
3456 # endif | |
3457 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ | |
3458 auto_buf = TRUE; | |
3459 else | |
3460 { | |
3461 if (curbuf == old_curbuf) | |
3462 #endif | |
3463 buf_copy_options(buf, BCO_ENTER); | |
3464 | |
3465 /* close the link to the current buffer */ | |
825 | 3466 u_sync(FALSE); |
1743 | 3467 close_buffer(oldwin, curbuf, |
3365 | 3468 (flags & ECMD_HIDE) ? 0 : DOBUF_UNLOAD, FALSE); |
7 | 3469 |
3470 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3242 | 3471 /* Autocommands may open a new window and leave oldwin open |
3472 * which leads to crashes since the above call sets | |
3473 * oldwin->w_buffer to NULL. */ | |
3474 if (curwin != oldwin && oldwin != aucmd_win | |
3475 && win_valid(oldwin) && oldwin->w_buffer == NULL) | |
3476 win_close(oldwin, FALSE); | |
3477 | |
7 | 3478 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
3479 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3480 { | |
3481 vim_free(new_name); | |
3482 goto theend; | |
3483 } | |
3484 # endif | |
3485 /* Be careful again, like above. */ | |
3486 if (!buf_valid(buf)) /* new buffer has been deleted */ | |
3487 { | |
3488 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ | |
3489 goto theend; | |
3490 } | |
3491 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ | |
3492 auto_buf = TRUE; | |
3493 else | |
3494 #endif | |
3495 { | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3496 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3497 /* |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3498 * <VN> We could instead free the synblock |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3499 * and re-attach to buffer, perhaps. |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3500 */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3501 if (curwin->w_s == &(curwin->w_buffer->b_s)) |
3480 | 3502 curwin->w_s = &(buf->b_s); |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3503 #endif |
7 | 3504 curwin->w_buffer = buf; |
3505 curbuf = buf; | |
3506 ++curbuf->b_nwindows; | |
5231
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3507 |
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3508 /* Set 'fileformat', 'binary' and 'fenc' when forced. */ |
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3509 if (!oldbuf && eap != NULL) |
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3510 { |
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3511 set_file_options(TRUE, eap); |
5242
f0361e297d9c
updated for version 7.4a.046
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5231
diff
changeset
|
3512 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5231
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3513 set_forced_fenc(eap); |
5242
f0361e297d9c
updated for version 7.4a.046
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5231
diff
changeset
|
3514 #endif |
5231
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3515 } |
7 | 3516 } |
3517 | |
3518 /* May get the window options from the last time this buffer | |
3519 * was in this window (or another window). If not used | |
3520 * before, reset the local window options to the global | |
3521 * values. Also restores old folding stuff. */ | |
1289 | 3522 get_winopts(curbuf); |
1185 | 3523 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
3524 did_get_winopts = TRUE; | |
3525 #endif | |
7 | 3526 |
3527 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3528 } | |
3529 vim_free(new_name); | |
3530 au_new_curbuf = NULL; | |
3531 #endif | |
3532 } | |
3533 | |
3534 curwin->w_pcmark.lnum = 1; | |
3535 curwin->w_pcmark.col = 0; | |
3536 } | |
3537 else /* !other_file */ | |
3538 { | |
3539 if ( | |
3540 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS | |
3541 (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) || | |
3542 #endif | |
3543 check_fname() == FAIL) | |
3544 goto theend; | |
6531 | 3545 |
7 | 3546 oldbuf = (flags & ECMD_OLDBUF); |
3547 } | |
3548 | |
6365 | 3549 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3550 buf = curbuf; | |
3551 #endif | |
7 | 3552 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) || keep_help_flag) |
3553 { | |
6365 | 3554 prepare_help_buffer(); |
7 | 3555 } |
3556 else | |
3557 { | |
3558 /* Don't make a buffer listed if it's a help buffer. Useful when | |
3559 * using CTRL-O to go back to a help file. */ | |
3560 if (!curbuf->b_help) | |
3561 set_buflisted(TRUE); | |
3562 } | |
3563 | |
3564 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3565 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about | |
3566 * editing the file. */ | |
3567 if (buf != curbuf) | |
3568 goto theend; | |
3569 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3570 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3571 goto theend; | |
3572 # endif | |
3573 | |
3574 /* Since we are starting to edit a file, consider the filetype to be | |
3575 * unset. Helps for when an autocommand changes files and expects syntax | |
3576 * highlighting to work in the other file. */ | |
3577 did_filetype = FALSE; | |
3578 #endif | |
3579 | |
3580 /* | |
3581 * other_file oldbuf | |
3582 * FALSE FALSE re-edit same file, buffer is re-used | |
3583 * FALSE TRUE re-edit same file, nothing changes | |
3584 * TRUE FALSE start editing new file, new buffer | |
3585 * TRUE TRUE start editing in existing buffer (nothing to do) | |
3586 */ | |
3587 if (!other_file && !oldbuf) /* re-use the buffer */ | |
3588 { | |
3589 set_last_cursor(curwin); /* may set b_last_cursor */ | |
3590 if (newlnum == ECMD_LAST || newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) | |
3591 { | |
3592 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3593 solcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3594 } | |
3595 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3596 buf = curbuf; | |
3597 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) | |
3598 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); | |
3599 else | |
3600 new_name = NULL; | |
3601 #endif | |
2394
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3602 if (p_ur < 0 || curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count <= p_ur) |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3603 { |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3604 /* Save all the text, so that the reload can be undone. |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3605 * Sync first so that this is a separate undo-able action. */ |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3606 u_sync(FALSE); |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3607 if (u_savecommon(0, curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1, 0, TRUE) |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3608 == FAIL) |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3609 goto theend; |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3610 u_unchanged(curbuf); |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3611 buf_freeall(curbuf, BFA_KEEP_UNDO); |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3612 |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3613 /* tell readfile() not to clear or reload undo info */ |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3614 readfile_flags = READ_KEEP_UNDO; |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3615 } |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3616 else |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3617 buf_freeall(curbuf, 0); /* free all things for buffer */ |
7 | 3618 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3619 /* If autocommands deleted the buffer we were going to re-edit, give | |
3620 * up and jump to the end. */ | |
3621 if (!buf_valid(buf)) | |
3622 { | |
3623 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ | |
3624 goto theend; | |
3625 } | |
3626 vim_free(new_name); | |
3627 | |
3628 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about | |
3629 * re-editing the file. Should do the buf_clear_file(), but perhaps | |
3630 * the autocommands changed the buffer... */ | |
3631 if (buf != curbuf) | |
3632 goto theend; | |
3633 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3634 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3635 goto theend; | |
3636 # endif | |
3637 #endif | |
3638 buf_clear_file(curbuf); | |
3639 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = 0; /* clear '[ and '] marks */ | |
3640 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = 0; | |
3641 } | |
3642 | |
3643 /* | |
3644 * If we get here we are sure to start editing | |
3645 */ | |
3646 /* don't redraw until the cursor is in the right line */ | |
3647 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
3648 | |
3649 /* Assume success now */ | |
3650 retval = OK; | |
3651 | |
3652 /* | |
3653 * Reset cursor position, could be used by autocommands. | |
3654 */ | |
3655 check_cursor(); | |
3656 | |
3657 /* | |
3658 * Check if we are editing the w_arg_idx file in the argument list. | |
3659 */ | |
3660 check_arg_idx(curwin); | |
3661 | |
3662 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3663 if (!auto_buf) | |
3664 #endif | |
3665 { | |
3666 /* | |
3667 * Set cursor and init window before reading the file and executing | |
3668 * autocommands. This allows for the autocommands to position the | |
3669 * cursor. | |
3670 */ | |
677 | 3671 curwin_init(); |
7 | 3672 |
3673 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1370 | 3674 /* It's possible that all lines in the buffer changed. Need to update |
3675 * automatic folding for all windows where it's used. */ | |
3676 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3677 { | |
3678 win_T *win; | |
3679 tabpage_T *tp; | |
3680 | |
3681 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) | |
3682 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
3683 foldUpdateAll(win); | |
3684 } | |
3685 # else | |
7 | 3686 foldUpdateAll(curwin); |
1370 | 3687 # endif |
7 | 3688 #endif |
3689 | |
961 | 3690 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
3691 DO_AUTOCHDIR | |
3692 | |
7 | 3693 /* |
3694 * Careful: open_buffer() and apply_autocmds() may change the current | |
3695 * buffer and window. | |
3696 */ | |
6702 | 3697 orig_pos = curwin->w_cursor; |
7 | 3698 topline = curwin->w_topline; |
3699 if (!oldbuf) /* need to read the file */ | |
3700 { | |
580 | 3701 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) |
7 | 3702 swap_exists_action = SEA_DIALOG; |
3703 #endif | |
3704 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_CHECK_RO; /* set/reset 'ro' flag */ | |
3705 | |
3706 /* | |
3707 * Open the buffer and read the file. | |
3708 */ | |
3709 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
2394
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3710 if (should_abort(open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags))) |
7 | 3711 retval = FAIL; |
3712 #else | |
2394
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3713 (void)open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags); |
7 | 3714 #endif |
3715 | |
580 | 3716 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) |
7 | 3717 if (swap_exists_action == SEA_QUIT) |
3718 retval = FAIL; | |
3719 handle_swap_exists(old_curbuf); | |
3720 #endif | |
3721 } | |
3722 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3723 else | |
3724 { | |
23 | 3725 /* Read the modelines, but only to set window-local options. Any |
3726 * buffer-local options have already been set and may have been | |
3727 * changed by the user. */ | |
717 | 3728 do_modelines(OPT_WINONLY); |
23 | 3729 |
7 | 3730 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, |
3731 &retval); | |
3732 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFWINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, | |
3733 &retval); | |
3734 } | |
3735 check_arg_idx(curwin); | |
3736 #endif | |
3737 | |
6702 | 3738 /* If autocommands change the cursor position or topline, we should |
3739 * keep it. Also when it moves within a line. */ | |
3740 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, orig_pos)) | |
7 | 3741 { |
3742 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3743 newcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3744 } | |
3745 if (curwin->w_topline == topline) | |
3746 topline = 0; | |
3747 | |
3748 /* Even when cursor didn't move we need to recompute topline. */ | |
3749 changed_line_abv_curs(); | |
3750 | |
3751 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
3752 maketitle(); | |
3753 #endif | |
3754 } | |
3755 | |
3756 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3757 /* Tell the diff stuff that this buffer is new and/or needs updating. | |
3758 * Also needed when re-editing the same buffer, because unloading will | |
3759 * have removed it as a diff buffer. */ | |
673 | 3760 if (curwin->w_p_diff) |
3761 { | |
3762 diff_buf_add(curbuf); | |
3763 diff_invalidate(curbuf); | |
3764 } | |
7 | 3765 #endif |
3766 | |
1185 | 3767 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
3768 /* If the window options were changed may need to set the spell language. | |
3769 * Can only do this after the buffer has been properly setup. */ | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3770 if (did_get_winopts && curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3771 (void)did_set_spelllang(curwin); |
1185 | 3772 #endif |
3773 | |
7 | 3774 if (command == NULL) |
3775 { | |
3776 if (newcol >= 0) /* position set by autocommands */ | |
3777 { | |
3778 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; | |
3779 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
3780 check_cursor(); | |
3781 } | |
3782 else if (newlnum > 0) /* line number from caller or old position */ | |
3783 { | |
3784 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; | |
3785 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
3786 if (solcol >= 0 && !p_sol) | |
3787 { | |
3788 /* 'sol' is off: Use last known column. */ | |
3789 curwin->w_cursor.col = solcol; | |
3790 check_cursor_col(); | |
3791 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3792 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3793 #endif | |
3794 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
3795 } | |
3796 else | |
3797 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
3798 } | |
3799 else /* no line number, go to last line in Ex mode */ | |
3800 { | |
3801 if (exmode_active) | |
3802 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
3803 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3804 } | |
3805 } | |
3806 | |
3807 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3808 /* Check if cursors in other windows on the same buffer are still valid */ | |
3809 check_lnums(FALSE); | |
3810 #endif | |
3811 | |
3812 /* | |
3813 * Did not read the file, need to show some info about the file. | |
3814 * Do this after setting the cursor. | |
3815 */ | |
3816 if (oldbuf | |
3817 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3818 && !auto_buf | |
3819 #endif | |
3820 ) | |
3821 { | |
3822 int msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll; | |
3823 | |
3824 /* Obey the 'O' flag in 'cpoptions': overwrite any previous file | |
3825 * message. */ | |
3826 if (shortmess(SHM_OVERALL) && !exiting && p_verbose == 0) | |
3827 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
3828 if (!msg_scroll) /* wait a bit when overwriting an error msg */ | |
3829 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
3830 msg_start(); | |
3831 msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save; | |
3832 msg_scrolled_ign = TRUE; | |
3833 | |
3834 fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); | |
3835 | |
3836 msg_scrolled_ign = FALSE; | |
3837 } | |
3838 | |
3839 if (command != NULL) | |
3840 do_cmdline(command, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_VERBOSE); | |
3841 | |
3842 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
3843 if (curbuf->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_INIT) | |
1869 | 3844 (void)keymap_init(); |
7 | 3845 #endif |
3846 | |
3847 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
3848 if (!skip_redraw) | |
3849 { | |
3850 n = p_so; | |
3851 if (topline == 0 && command == NULL) | |
3852 p_so = 999; /* force cursor halfway the window */ | |
3853 update_topline(); | |
3854 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
3855 curwin->w_scbind_pos = curwin->w_topline; | |
3856 #endif | |
3857 p_so = n; | |
3858 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); /* redraw this buffer later */ | |
3859 } | |
3860 | |
3861 if (p_im) | |
3862 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
3863 | |
961 | 3864 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
3865 DO_AUTOCHDIR | |
821 | 3866 |
3867 #if defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) | |
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3868 if (curbuf->b_ffname != NULL) |
7 | 3869 { |
3870 # ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP | |
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3871 if (gui.in_use && usingSunWorkShop) |
7 | 3872 workshop_file_opened((char *)curbuf->b_ffname, curbuf->b_p_ro); |
3873 # endif | |
3874 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 3875 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) != ECMD_SET_HELP) |
34 | 3876 netbeans_file_opened(curbuf); |
7 | 3877 # endif |
3878 } | |
3879 #endif | |
3880 | |
3881 theend: | |
716 | 3882 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3883 if (did_set_swapcommand) | |
3884 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, NULL, -1); | |
3885 #endif | |
7 | 3886 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE |
3887 vim_free(browse_file); | |
3888 #endif | |
3889 vim_free(free_fname); | |
3890 return retval; | |
3891 } | |
3892 | |
3893 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3894 static void | |
3895 delbuf_msg(name) | |
3896 char_u *name; | |
3897 { | |
3898 EMSG2(_("E143: Autocommands unexpectedly deleted new buffer %s"), | |
3899 name == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : name); | |
3900 vim_free(name); | |
3901 au_new_curbuf = NULL; | |
3902 } | |
3903 #endif | |
3904 | |
169 | 3905 static int append_indent = 0; /* autoindent for first line */ |
3906 | |
7 | 3907 /* |
3908 * ":insert" and ":append", also used by ":change" | |
3909 */ | |
3910 void | |
3911 ex_append(eap) | |
3912 exarg_T *eap; | |
3913 { | |
3914 char_u *theline; | |
3915 int did_undo = FALSE; | |
3916 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; | |
165 | 3917 int indent = 0; |
3918 char_u *p; | |
3919 int vcol; | |
3920 int empty = (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY); | |
7 | 3921 |
169 | 3922 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ |
3923 if (eap->forceit) | |
3924 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; | |
3925 | |
3926 /* First autoindent comes from the line we start on */ | |
3927 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_change && curbuf->b_p_ai && lnum > 0) | |
3928 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); | |
3929 | |
7 | 3930 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) |
3931 --lnum; | |
3932 | |
165 | 3933 /* when the buffer is empty append to line 0 and delete the dummy line */ |
3934 if (empty && lnum == 1) | |
3935 lnum = 0; | |
3936 | |
7 | 3937 State = INSERT; /* behave like in Insert mode */ |
3938 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
3939 State |= LANGMAP; | |
165 | 3940 |
408 | 3941 for (;;) |
7 | 3942 { |
3943 msg_scroll = TRUE; | |
3944 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
169 | 3945 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) |
3946 { | |
3947 if (append_indent >= 0) | |
3948 { | |
3949 indent = append_indent; | |
3950 append_indent = -1; | |
3951 } | |
3952 else if (lnum > 0) | |
3953 indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); | |
3954 } | |
3955 ex_keep_indent = FALSE; | |
7 | 3956 if (eap->getline == NULL) |
169 | 3957 { |
3958 /* No getline() function, use the lines that follow. This ends | |
3959 * when there is no more. */ | |
3960 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL || *eap->nextcmd == NUL) | |
3961 break; | |
3962 p = vim_strchr(eap->nextcmd, NL); | |
3963 if (p == NULL) | |
3964 p = eap->nextcmd + STRLEN(eap->nextcmd); | |
3965 theline = vim_strnsave(eap->nextcmd, (int)(p - eap->nextcmd)); | |
3966 if (*p != NUL) | |
3967 ++p; | |
3968 eap->nextcmd = p; | |
3969 } | |
7 | 3970 else |
6164 | 3971 { |
3972 int save_State = State; | |
3973 | |
3974 /* Set State to avoid the cursor shape to be set to INSERT mode | |
3975 * when getline() returns. */ | |
3976 State = CMDLINE; | |
7 | 3977 theline = eap->getline( |
3978 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
76 | 3979 eap->cstack->cs_looplevel > 0 ? -1 : |
7 | 3980 #endif |
165 | 3981 NUL, eap->cookie, indent); |
6164 | 3982 State = save_State; |
3983 } | |
7 | 3984 lines_left = Rows - 1; |
165 | 3985 if (theline == NULL) |
3986 break; | |
3987 | |
169 | 3988 /* Using ^ CTRL-D in getexmodeline() makes us repeat the indent. */ |
3989 if (ex_keep_indent) | |
3990 append_indent = indent; | |
3991 | |
165 | 3992 /* Look for the "." after automatic indent. */ |
3993 vcol = 0; | |
3994 for (p = theline; indent > vcol; ++p) | |
3995 { | |
3996 if (*p == ' ') | |
3997 ++vcol; | |
3998 else if (*p == TAB) | |
3999 vcol += 8 - vcol % 8; | |
4000 else | |
4001 break; | |
4002 } | |
4003 if ((p[0] == '.' && p[1] == NUL) | |
321 | 4004 || (!did_undo && u_save(lnum, lnum + 1 + (empty ? 1 : 0)) |
4005 == FAIL)) | |
7 | 4006 { |
4007 vim_free(theline); | |
4008 break; | |
4009 } | |
4010 | |
169 | 4011 /* don't use autoindent if nothing was typed. */ |
4012 if (p[0] == NUL) | |
4013 theline[0] = NUL; | |
4014 | |
7 | 4015 did_undo = TRUE; |
4016 ml_append(lnum, theline, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
4017 appended_lines_mark(lnum, 1L); | |
4018 | |
4019 vim_free(theline); | |
4020 ++lnum; | |
165 | 4021 |
4022 if (empty) | |
4023 { | |
4024 ml_delete(2L, FALSE); | |
4025 empty = FALSE; | |
4026 } | |
7 | 4027 } |
4028 State = NORMAL; | |
4029 | |
169 | 4030 if (eap->forceit) |
4031 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; | |
4032 | |
7 | 4033 /* "start" is set to eap->line2+1 unless that position is invalid (when |
1227 | 4034 * eap->line2 pointed to the end of the buffer and nothing was appended) |
7 | 4035 * "end" is set to lnum when something has been appended, otherwise |
4036 * it is the same than "start" -- Acevedo */ | |
4037 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) ? | |
4038 eap->line2 + 1 : curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4039 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) | |
4040 --curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; | |
4041 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = (eap->line2 < lnum) | |
4042 ? lnum : curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; | |
4043 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
4044 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
4045 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
4046 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
4047 | |
4048 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* don't use wait_return() now */ | |
4049 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; | |
4050 } | |
4051 | |
4052 /* | |
4053 * ":change" | |
4054 */ | |
4055 void | |
4056 ex_change(eap) | |
4057 exarg_T *eap; | |
4058 { | |
4059 linenr_T lnum; | |
4060 | |
4061 if (eap->line2 >= eap->line1 | |
4062 && u_save(eap->line1 - 1, eap->line2 + 1) == FAIL) | |
4063 return; | |
4064 | |
169 | 4065 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ |
4066 if (eap->forceit ? !curbuf->b_p_ai : curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
4067 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(eap->line1); | |
4068 | |
7 | 4069 for (lnum = eap->line2; lnum >= eap->line1; --lnum) |
4070 { | |
4071 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
4072 break; | |
4073 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); | |
4074 } | |
1929 | 4075 |
4076 /* make sure the cursor is not beyond the end of the file now */ | |
4077 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
7 | 4078 deleted_lines_mark(eap->line1, (long)(eap->line2 - lnum)); |
4079 | |
4080 /* ":append" on the line above the deleted lines. */ | |
4081 eap->line2 = eap->line1; | |
4082 ex_append(eap); | |
4083 } | |
4084 | |
4085 void | |
4086 ex_z(eap) | |
4087 exarg_T *eap; | |
4088 { | |
4089 char_u *x; | |
165 | 4090 int bigness; |
4091 char_u *kind; | |
7 | 4092 int minus = 0; |
4093 linenr_T start, end, curs, i; | |
4094 int j; | |
4095 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; | |
4096 | |
165 | 4097 /* Vi compatible: ":z!" uses display height, without a count uses |
4098 * 'scroll' */ | |
4099 if (eap->forceit) | |
4100 bigness = curwin->w_height; | |
5678 | 4101 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
4102 else if (firstwin != lastwin) | |
4103 bigness = curwin->w_height - 3; | |
4104 #endif | |
4105 else | |
165 | 4106 bigness = curwin->w_p_scr * 2; |
7 | 4107 if (bigness < 1) |
4108 bigness = 1; | |
4109 | |
4110 x = eap->arg; | |
165 | 4111 kind = x; |
4112 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+' || *kind == '=' | |
4113 || *kind == '^' || *kind == '.') | |
4114 ++x; | |
4115 while (*x == '-' || *x == '+') | |
7 | 4116 ++x; |
4117 | |
4118 if (*x != 0) | |
4119 { | |
4120 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*x)) | |
4121 { | |
4122 EMSG(_("E144: non-numeric argument to :z")); | |
4123 return; | |
4124 } | |
4125 else | |
165 | 4126 { |
7 | 4127 bigness = atoi((char *)x); |
165 | 4128 p_window = bigness; |
169 | 4129 if (*kind == '=') |
4130 bigness += 2; | |
165 | 4131 } |
7 | 4132 } |
4133 | |
165 | 4134 /* the number of '-' and '+' multiplies the distance */ |
4135 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+') | |
4136 for (x = kind + 1; *x == *kind; ++x) | |
4137 ; | |
4138 | |
4139 switch (*kind) | |
7 | 4140 { |
4141 case '-': | |
2881 | 4142 start = lnum - bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind) + 1; |
4143 end = start + bigness - 1; | |
165 | 4144 curs = end; |
7 | 4145 break; |
4146 | |
4147 case '=': | |
159 | 4148 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; |
4149 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; | |
7 | 4150 curs = lnum; |
4151 minus = 1; | |
4152 break; | |
4153 | |
4154 case '^': | |
4155 start = lnum - bigness * 2; | |
4156 end = lnum - bigness; | |
4157 curs = lnum - bigness; | |
4158 break; | |
4159 | |
4160 case '.': | |
159 | 4161 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; |
4162 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; | |
7 | 4163 curs = end; |
4164 break; | |
4165 | |
4166 default: /* '+' */ | |
4167 start = lnum; | |
165 | 4168 if (*kind == '+') |
835 | 4169 start += bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind - 1) + 1; |
169 | 4170 else if (eap->addr_count == 0) |
4171 ++start; | |
4172 end = start + bigness - 1; | |
7 | 4173 curs = end; |
4174 break; | |
4175 } | |
4176 | |
4177 if (start < 1) | |
4178 start = 1; | |
4179 | |
4180 if (end > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4181 end = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4182 | |
4183 if (curs > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4184 curs = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4185 | |
4186 for (i = start; i <= end; i++) | |
4187 { | |
4188 if (minus && i == lnum) | |
4189 { | |
4190 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
4191 | |
4192 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) | |
4193 msg_putchar('-'); | |
4194 } | |
4195 | |
169 | 4196 print_line(i, eap->flags & EXFLAG_NR, eap->flags & EXFLAG_LIST); |
7 | 4197 |
4198 if (minus && i == lnum) | |
4199 { | |
4200 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
4201 | |
4202 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) | |
4203 msg_putchar('-'); | |
4204 } | |
4205 } | |
4206 | |
4207 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curs; | |
4208 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; | |
4209 } | |
4210 | |
4211 /* | |
4212 * Check if the restricted flag is set. | |
4213 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. | |
4214 * Otherwise, return FALSE. | |
4215 */ | |
4216 int | |
4217 check_restricted() | |
4218 { | |
4219 if (restricted) | |
4220 { | |
4221 EMSG(_("E145: Shell commands not allowed in rvim")); | |
4222 return TRUE; | |
4223 } | |
4224 return FALSE; | |
4225 } | |
4226 | |
4227 /* | |
4228 * Check if the secure flag is set (.exrc or .vimrc in current directory). | |
4229 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. | |
4230 * Otherwise, return FALSE. | |
4231 */ | |
4232 int | |
4233 check_secure() | |
4234 { | |
4235 if (secure) | |
4236 { | |
4237 secure = 2; | |
4238 EMSG(_(e_curdir)); | |
4239 return TRUE; | |
4240 } | |
4241 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
4242 /* | |
4243 * In the sandbox more things are not allowed, including the things | |
4244 * disallowed in secure mode. | |
4245 */ | |
4246 if (sandbox != 0) | |
4247 { | |
4248 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
4249 return TRUE; | |
4250 } | |
4251 #endif | |
4252 return FALSE; | |
4253 } | |
4254 | |
4255 static char_u *old_sub = NULL; /* previous substitute pattern */ | |
4256 static int global_need_beginline; /* call beginline() after ":g" */ | |
4257 | |
4258 /* do_sub() | |
4259 * | |
4260 * Perform a substitution from line eap->line1 to line eap->line2 using the | |
4261 * command pointed to by eap->arg which should be of the form: | |
4262 * | |
4263 * /pattern/substitution/{flags} | |
4264 * | |
4265 * The usual escapes are supported as described in the regexp docs. | |
4266 */ | |
4267 void | |
4268 do_sub(eap) | |
4269 exarg_T *eap; | |
4270 { | |
4271 linenr_T lnum; | |
4272 long i = 0; | |
4273 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
4274 static int do_all = FALSE; /* do multiple substitutions per line */ | |
4275 static int do_ask = FALSE; /* ask for confirmation */ | |
170 | 4276 static int do_count = FALSE; /* count only */ |
7 | 4277 static int do_error = TRUE; /* if false, ignore errors */ |
4278 static int do_print = FALSE; /* print last line with subs. */ | |
169 | 4279 static int do_list = FALSE; /* list last line with subs. */ |
4280 static int do_number = FALSE; /* list last line with line nr*/ | |
7 | 4281 static int do_ic = 0; /* ignore case flag */ |
6789 | 4282 int save_do_all; /* remember user specified 'g' flag */ |
4283 int save_do_ask; /* remember user specified 'c' flag */ | |
7 | 4284 char_u *pat = NULL, *sub = NULL; /* init for GCC */ |
4285 int delimiter; | |
4286 int sublen; | |
4287 int got_quit = FALSE; | |
4288 int got_match = FALSE; | |
4289 int temp; | |
4290 int which_pat; | |
4291 char_u *cmd; | |
4292 int save_State; | |
165 | 4293 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ |
4294 linenr_T last_line= 0; /* below last changed line AFTER the | |
7 | 4295 * change */ |
4296 linenr_T old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4297 linenr_T line2; | |
165 | 4298 long nmatch; /* number of lines in match */ |
4299 char_u *sub_firstline; /* allocated copy of first sub line */ | |
4300 int endcolumn = FALSE; /* cursor in last column when done */ | |
170 | 4301 pos_T old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
2126
e038754d419a
updated for version 7.2.408
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1929
diff
changeset
|
4302 int start_nsubs; |
3736 | 4303 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
5867 | 4304 int save_ma = 0; |
3736 | 4305 #endif |
7 | 4306 |
4307 cmd = eap->arg; | |
4308 if (!global_busy) | |
4309 { | |
4310 sub_nsubs = 0; | |
4311 sub_nlines = 0; | |
4312 } | |
2126
e038754d419a
updated for version 7.2.408
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1929
diff
changeset
|
4313 start_nsubs = sub_nsubs; |
7 | 4314 |
4315 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_tilde) | |
4316 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ | |
4317 else | |
4318 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use last substitute regexp */ | |
4319 | |
4320 /* new pattern and substitution */ | |
4321 if (eap->cmd[0] == 's' && *cmd != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*cmd) | |
4322 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"0123456789cegriIp|\"", *cmd) == NULL) | |
4323 { | |
4324 /* don't accept alphanumeric for separator */ | |
4325 if (isalpha(*cmd)) | |
4326 { | |
4327 EMSG(_("E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters")); | |
4328 return; | |
4329 } | |
4330 /* | |
4331 * undocumented vi feature: | |
4332 * "\/sub/" and "\?sub?" use last used search pattern (almost like | |
4333 * //sub/r). "\&sub&" use last substitute pattern (like //sub/). | |
4334 */ | |
4335 if (*cmd == '\\') | |
4336 { | |
4337 ++cmd; | |
4338 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) | |
4339 { | |
4340 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); | |
4341 return; | |
4342 } | |
4343 if (*cmd != '&') | |
4344 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use last '/' pattern */ | |
4345 pat = (char_u *)""; /* empty search pattern */ | |
4346 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ | |
4347 } | |
4348 else /* find the end of the regexp */ | |
4349 { | |
1466 | 4350 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* reverse the flow of the Farsi characters */ |
4351 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) | |
4352 lrF_sub(cmd); | |
4353 #endif | |
7 | 4354 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ |
4355 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ | |
4356 pat = cmd; /* remember start of search pat */ | |
4357 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delimiter, p_magic, &eap->arg); | |
4358 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ | |
4359 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ | |
4360 } | |
4361 | |
4362 /* | |
4363 * Small incompatibility: vi sees '\n' as end of the command, but in | |
4364 * Vim we want to use '\n' to find/substitute a NUL. | |
4365 */ | |
4366 sub = cmd; /* remember the start of the substitution */ | |
4367 | |
4368 while (cmd[0]) | |
4369 { | |
4370 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ | |
4371 { | |
4372 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ | |
4373 break; | |
4374 } | |
4375 if (cmd[0] == '\\' && cmd[1] != 0) /* skip escaped characters */ | |
4376 ++cmd; | |
39 | 4377 mb_ptr_adv(cmd); |
7 | 4378 } |
4379 | |
4380 if (!eap->skip) | |
4381 { | |
169 | 4382 /* In POSIX vi ":s/pat/%/" uses the previous subst. string. */ |
4383 if (STRCMP(sub, "%") == 0 | |
4384 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SUBPERCENT) != NULL) | |
4385 { | |
4386 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ | |
4387 { | |
4388 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); | |
4389 return; | |
4390 } | |
4391 sub = old_sub; | |
4392 } | |
4393 else | |
4394 { | |
4395 vim_free(old_sub); | |
4396 old_sub = vim_strsave(sub); | |
4397 } | |
7 | 4398 } |
4399 } | |
4400 else if (!eap->skip) /* use previous pattern and substitution */ | |
4401 { | |
4402 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ | |
4403 { | |
4404 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); | |
4405 return; | |
4406 } | |
4407 pat = NULL; /* search_regcomp() will use previous pattern */ | |
4408 sub = old_sub; | |
163 | 4409 |
4410 /* Vi compatibility quirk: repeating with ":s" keeps the cursor in the | |
4411 * last column after using "$". */ | |
4412 endcolumn = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
7 | 4413 } |
4414 | |
5776 | 4415 /* Recognize ":%s/\n//" and turn it into a join command, which is much |
4416 * more efficient. | |
4417 * TODO: find a generic solution to make line-joining operations more | |
4418 * efficient, avoid allocating a string that grows in size. | |
4419 */ | |
5802 | 4420 if (pat != NULL && STRCMP(pat, "\\n") == 0 |
5776 | 4421 && *sub == NUL |
4422 && (*cmd == NUL || (cmd[1] == NUL && (*cmd == 'g' || *cmd == 'l' | |
4423 || *cmd == 'p' || *cmd == '#')))) | |
4424 { | |
6426 | 4425 linenr_T joined_lines_count; |
4426 | |
5776 | 4427 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; |
4428 if (*cmd == 'l') | |
4429 eap->flags = EXFLAG_LIST; | |
4430 else if (*cmd == '#') | |
4431 eap->flags = EXFLAG_NR; | |
4432 else if (*cmd == 'p') | |
4433 eap->flags = EXFLAG_PRINT; | |
4434 | |
6426 | 4435 /* The number of lines joined is the number of lines in the range plus |
4436 * one. One less when the last line is included. */ | |
4437 joined_lines_count = eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1; | |
4438 if (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4439 ++joined_lines_count; | |
4440 if (joined_lines_count > 1) | |
4441 { | |
4442 (void)do_join(joined_lines_count, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE); | |
4443 sub_nsubs = joined_lines_count - 1; | |
4444 sub_nlines = 1; | |
4445 (void)do_sub_msg(FALSE); | |
4446 ex_may_print(eap); | |
4447 } | |
4448 | |
4449 if (!cmdmod.keeppatterns) | |
4450 save_re_pat(RE_SUBST, pat, p_magic); | |
4451 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
4452 /* put pattern in history */ | |
4453 add_to_history(HIST_SEARCH, pat, TRUE, NUL); | |
4454 #endif | |
4455 | |
5776 | 4456 return; |
4457 } | |
4458 | |
7 | 4459 /* |
4460 * Find trailing options. When '&' is used, keep old options. | |
4461 */ | |
4462 if (*cmd == '&') | |
4463 ++cmd; | |
4464 else | |
4465 { | |
4466 if (!p_ed) | |
4467 { | |
4468 if (p_gd) /* default is global on */ | |
4469 do_all = TRUE; | |
4470 else | |
4471 do_all = FALSE; | |
4472 do_ask = FALSE; | |
4473 } | |
4474 do_error = TRUE; | |
4475 do_print = FALSE; | |
587 | 4476 do_count = FALSE; |
1321 | 4477 do_number = FALSE; |
7 | 4478 do_ic = 0; |
4479 } | |
4480 while (*cmd) | |
4481 { | |
4482 /* | |
4483 * Note that 'g' and 'c' are always inverted, also when p_ed is off. | |
4484 * 'r' is never inverted. | |
4485 */ | |
4486 if (*cmd == 'g') | |
4487 do_all = !do_all; | |
4488 else if (*cmd == 'c') | |
4489 do_ask = !do_ask; | |
170 | 4490 else if (*cmd == 'n') |
4491 do_count = TRUE; | |
7 | 4492 else if (*cmd == 'e') |
4493 do_error = !do_error; | |
4494 else if (*cmd == 'r') /* use last used regexp */ | |
4495 which_pat = RE_LAST; | |
4496 else if (*cmd == 'p') | |
4497 do_print = TRUE; | |
169 | 4498 else if (*cmd == '#') |
4499 { | |
4500 do_print = TRUE; | |
4501 do_number = TRUE; | |
4502 } | |
4503 else if (*cmd == 'l') | |
4504 { | |
4505 do_print = TRUE; | |
4506 do_list = TRUE; | |
4507 } | |
7 | 4508 else if (*cmd == 'i') /* ignore case */ |
4509 do_ic = 'i'; | |
4510 else if (*cmd == 'I') /* don't ignore case */ | |
4511 do_ic = 'I'; | |
4512 else | |
4513 break; | |
4514 ++cmd; | |
4515 } | |
170 | 4516 if (do_count) |
4517 do_ask = FALSE; | |
7 | 4518 |
6789 | 4519 save_do_all = do_all; |
4520 save_do_ask = do_ask; | |
4521 | |
7 | 4522 /* |
4523 * check for a trailing count | |
4524 */ | |
4525 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); | |
4526 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*cmd)) | |
4527 { | |
4528 i = getdigits(&cmd); | |
4529 if (i <= 0 && !eap->skip && do_error) | |
4530 { | |
4531 EMSG(_(e_zerocount)); | |
4532 return; | |
4533 } | |
4534 eap->line1 = eap->line2; | |
4535 eap->line2 += i - 1; | |
4536 if (eap->line2 > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4537 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4538 } | |
4539 | |
4540 /* | |
4541 * check for trailing command or garbage | |
4542 */ | |
4543 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); | |
4544 if (*cmd && *cmd != '"') /* if not end-of-line or comment */ | |
4545 { | |
4546 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(cmd); | |
4547 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL) | |
4548 { | |
4549 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); | |
4550 return; | |
4551 } | |
4552 } | |
4553 | |
4554 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands, only parsing */ | |
4555 return; | |
4556 | |
823 | 4557 if (!do_count && !curbuf->b_p_ma) |
4558 { | |
825 | 4559 /* Substitution is not allowed in non-'modifiable' buffer */ |
823 | 4560 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); |
4561 return; | |
4562 } | |
4563 | |
7 | 4564 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_SUBST, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) |
4565 { | |
4566 if (do_error) | |
4567 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); | |
4568 return; | |
4569 } | |
4570 | |
4571 /* the 'i' or 'I' flag overrules 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' */ | |
4572 if (do_ic == 'i') | |
4573 regmatch.rmm_ic = TRUE; | |
4574 else if (do_ic == 'I') | |
4575 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE; | |
4576 | |
4577 sub_firstline = NULL; | |
4578 | |
4579 /* | |
4580 * ~ in the substitute pattern is replaced with the old pattern. | |
4581 * We do it here once to avoid it to be replaced over and over again. | |
4582 * But don't do it when it starts with "\=", then it's an expression. | |
4583 */ | |
4584 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) | |
4585 sub = regtilde(sub, p_magic); | |
4586 | |
4587 /* | |
4588 * Check for a match on each line. | |
4589 */ | |
4590 line2 = eap->line2; | |
4591 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= line2 && !(got_quit | |
4592 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) && defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) | |
4593 || aborting() | |
4594 #endif | |
4595 ); ++lnum) | |
4596 { | |
1521 | 4597 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, |
4598 (colnr_T)0, NULL); | |
7 | 4599 if (nmatch) |
4600 { | |
4601 colnr_T copycol; | |
4602 colnr_T matchcol; | |
4603 colnr_T prev_matchcol = MAXCOL; | |
4604 char_u *new_end, *new_start = NULL; | |
4605 unsigned new_start_len = 0; | |
4606 char_u *p1; | |
4607 int did_sub = FALSE; | |
4608 int lastone; | |
1872 | 4609 int len, copy_len, needed_len; |
7 | 4610 long nmatch_tl = 0; /* nr of lines matched below lnum */ |
4611 int do_again; /* do it again after joining lines */ | |
15 | 4612 int skip_match = FALSE; |
1499 | 4613 linenr_T sub_firstlnum; /* nr of first sub line */ |
7 | 4614 |
4615 /* | |
4616 * The new text is build up step by step, to avoid too much | |
4617 * copying. There are these pieces: | |
1581 | 4618 * sub_firstline The old text, unmodified. |
7 | 4619 * copycol Column in the old text where we started |
4620 * looking for a match; from here old text still | |
4621 * needs to be copied to the new text. | |
4622 * matchcol Column number of the old text where to look | |
4623 * for the next match. It's just after the | |
4624 * previous match or one further. | |
4625 * prev_matchcol Column just after the previous match (if any). | |
4626 * Mostly equal to matchcol, except for the first | |
4627 * match and after skipping an empty match. | |
4628 * regmatch.*pos Where the pattern matched in the old text. | |
4629 * new_start The new text, all that has been produced so | |
4630 * far. | |
4631 * new_end The new text, where to append new text. | |
4632 * | |
1499 | 4633 * lnum The line number where we found the start of |
4634 * the match. Can be below the line we searched | |
4635 * when there is a \n before a \zs in the | |
4636 * pattern. | |
7 | 4637 * sub_firstlnum The line number in the buffer where to look |
4638 * for a match. Can be different from "lnum" | |
4639 * when the pattern or substitute string contains | |
4640 * line breaks. | |
4641 * | |
4642 * Special situations: | |
4643 * - When the substitute string contains a line break, the part up | |
4644 * to the line break is inserted in the text, but the copy of | |
4645 * the original line is kept. "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted for | |
4646 * the inserted lines. | |
4647 * - When the matched pattern contains a line break, the old line | |
4648 * is taken from the line at the end of the pattern. The lines | |
4649 * in the match are deleted later, "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted | |
4650 * accordingly. | |
4651 * | |
4652 * The new text is built up in new_start[]. It has some extra | |
4653 * room to avoid using alloc()/free() too often. new_start_len is | |
1389 | 4654 * the length of the allocated memory at new_start. |
7 | 4655 * |
4656 * Make a copy of the old line, so it won't be taken away when | |
4657 * updating the screen or handling a multi-line match. The "old_" | |
4658 * pointers point into this copy. | |
4659 */ | |
1499 | 4660 sub_firstlnum = lnum; |
7 | 4661 copycol = 0; |
4662 matchcol = 0; | |
4663 | |
4664 /* At first match, remember current cursor position. */ | |
4665 if (!got_match) | |
4666 { | |
4667 setpcmark(); | |
4668 got_match = TRUE; | |
4669 } | |
4670 | |
4671 /* | |
4672 * Loop until nothing more to replace in this line. | |
4673 * 1. Handle match with empty string. | |
4674 * 2. If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. | |
4675 * 3. substitute the string. | |
4676 * 4. if do_all is set, find next match | |
4677 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line | |
4678 */ | |
4679 for (;;) | |
4680 { | |
1499 | 4681 /* Advance "lnum" to the line where the match starts. The |
4682 * match does not start in the first line when there is a line | |
4683 * break before \zs. */ | |
4684 if (regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) | |
4685 { | |
4686 lnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
4687 sub_firstlnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
4688 nmatch -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
4689 vim_free(sub_firstline); | |
4690 sub_firstline = NULL; | |
4691 } | |
4692 | |
4693 if (sub_firstline == NULL) | |
4694 { | |
4695 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); | |
4696 if (sub_firstline == NULL) | |
4697 { | |
4698 vim_free(new_start); | |
4699 goto outofmem; | |
4700 } | |
4701 } | |
4702 | |
7 | 4703 /* Save the line number of the last change for the final |
4704 * cursor position (just like Vi). */ | |
4705 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
4706 do_again = FALSE; | |
4707 | |
4708 /* | |
4709 * 1. Match empty string does not count, except for first | |
4710 * match. This reproduces the strange vi behaviour. | |
4711 * This also catches endless loops. | |
4712 */ | |
4713 if (matchcol == prev_matchcol | |
4714 && regmatch.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
4715 && matchcol == regmatch.endpos[0].col) | |
4716 { | |
15 | 4717 if (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL) |
4718 /* We already were at the end of the line. Don't look | |
4719 * for a match in this line again. */ | |
4720 skip_match = TRUE; | |
4721 else | |
2837 | 4722 { |
4723 /* search for a match at next column */ | |
4724 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4725 if (has_mbyte) | |
4726 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(sub_firstline + matchcol); | |
4727 else | |
4728 #endif | |
4729 ++matchcol; | |
4730 } | |
7 | 4731 goto skip; |
4732 } | |
4733 | |
4734 /* Normally we continue searching for a match just after the | |
4735 * previous match. */ | |
4736 matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
4737 prev_matchcol = matchcol; | |
4738 | |
4739 /* | |
170 | 4740 * 2. If do_count is set only increase the counter. |
4741 * If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. | |
7 | 4742 */ |
170 | 4743 if (do_count) |
4744 { | |
4745 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at | |
4746 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that | |
4747 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. | |
4748 * Avoids that ":s/\nB\@=//gc" get stuck. */ | |
4749 if (nmatch > 1) | |
4750 { | |
835 | 4751 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); |
170 | 4752 nmatch = 1; |
1483 | 4753 skip_match = TRUE; |
170 | 4754 } |
4755 sub_nsubs++; | |
4756 did_sub = TRUE; | |
3736 | 4757 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
4758 /* Skip the substitution, unless an expression is used, | |
4759 * then it is evaluated in the sandbox. */ | |
4760 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) | |
4761 #endif | |
4762 goto skip; | |
170 | 4763 } |
4764 | |
7 | 4765 if (do_ask) |
4766 { | |
1874 | 4767 int typed = 0; |
1872 | 4768 |
7 | 4769 /* change State to CONFIRM, so that the mouse works |
4770 * properly */ | |
4771 save_State = State; | |
4772 State = CONFIRM; | |
4773 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
4774 setmouse(); /* disable mouse in xterm */ | |
4775 #endif | |
4776 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; | |
4777 | |
4778 /* When 'cpoptions' contains "u" don't sync undo when | |
4779 * asking for confirmation. */ | |
4780 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) | |
4781 ++no_u_sync; | |
4782 | |
4783 /* | |
4784 * Loop until 'y', 'n', 'q', CTRL-E or CTRL-Y typed. | |
4785 */ | |
4786 while (do_ask) | |
4787 { | |
169 | 4788 if (exmode_active) |
4789 { | |
4790 char_u *resp; | |
4791 colnr_T sc, ec; | |
4792 | |
5396 | 4793 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, do_number, do_list); |
169 | 4794 |
4795 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &sc, NULL, NULL); | |
4796 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col - 1; | |
4797 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &ec); | |
5396 | 4798 if (do_number || curwin->w_p_nu) |
4799 { | |
4800 int numw = number_width(curwin) + 1; | |
4801 sc += numw; | |
4802 ec += numw; | |
4803 } | |
169 | 4804 msg_start(); |
170 | 4805 for (i = 0; i < (long)sc; ++i) |
169 | 4806 msg_putchar(' '); |
170 | 4807 for ( ; i <= (long)ec; ++i) |
169 | 4808 msg_putchar('^'); |
4809 | |
4810 resp = getexmodeline('?', NULL, 0); | |
4811 if (resp != NULL) | |
4812 { | |
1872 | 4813 typed = *resp; |
169 | 4814 vim_free(resp); |
4815 } | |
4816 } | |
4817 else | |
4818 { | |
4076 | 4819 char_u *orig_line = NULL; |
4820 int len_change = 0; | |
7 | 4821 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
169 | 4822 int save_p_fen = curwin->w_p_fen; |
4823 | |
4824 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; | |
4825 #endif | |
4826 /* Invert the matched string. | |
4827 * Remove the inversion afterwards. */ | |
4828 temp = RedrawingDisabled; | |
4829 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
4830 | |
4076 | 4831 if (new_start != NULL) |
4832 { | |
4833 /* There already was a substitution, we would | |
4834 * like to show this to the user. We cannot | |
4835 * really update the line, it would change | |
4836 * what matches. Temporarily replace the line | |
4837 * and change it back afterwards. */ | |
4838 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); | |
4839 if (orig_line != NULL) | |
4840 { | |
4841 char_u *new_line = concat_str(new_start, | |
4842 sub_firstline + copycol); | |
4843 | |
4844 if (new_line == NULL) | |
4845 { | |
4846 vim_free(orig_line); | |
4847 orig_line = NULL; | |
4848 } | |
4849 else | |
4850 { | |
4851 /* Position the cursor relative to the | |
4852 * end of the line, the previous | |
4853 * substitute may have inserted or | |
4854 * deleted characters before the | |
4855 * cursor. */ | |
4086 | 4856 len_change = (int)STRLEN(new_line) |
4857 - (int)STRLEN(orig_line); | |
4076 | 4858 curwin->w_cursor.col += len_change; |
4859 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); | |
4860 } | |
4861 } | |
4862 } | |
4863 | |
1499 | 4864 search_match_lines = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum |
4865 - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
4076 | 4866 search_match_endcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col |
4867 + len_change; | |
169 | 4868 highlight_match = TRUE; |
4869 | |
4870 update_topline(); | |
4871 validate_cursor(); | |
748 | 4872 update_screen(SOME_VALID); |
169 | 4873 highlight_match = FALSE; |
748 | 4874 redraw_later(SOME_VALID); |
7 | 4875 |
4876 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
169 | 4877 curwin->w_p_fen = save_p_fen; |
4878 #endif | |
4879 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
4880 msg_didout = FALSE; /* avoid a scroll-up */ | |
4881 msg_starthere(); | |
4882 i = msg_scroll; | |
4883 msg_scroll = 0; /* truncate msg when | |
4884 needed */ | |
4885 msg_no_more = TRUE; | |
4886 /* write message same highlighting as for | |
4887 * wait_return */ | |
4888 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), | |
4889 (char_u *)_("replace with %s (y/n/a/q/l/^E/^Y)?"), sub); | |
4890 msg_no_more = FALSE; | |
4891 msg_scroll = i; | |
4892 showruler(TRUE); | |
4893 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
4894 RedrawingDisabled = temp; | |
7 | 4895 |
4896 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
169 | 4897 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ |
4898 #endif | |
4899 ++no_mapping; /* don't map this key */ | |
4900 ++allow_keys; /* allow special keys */ | |
1872 | 4901 typed = plain_vgetc(); |
169 | 4902 --allow_keys; |
4903 --no_mapping; | |
4904 | |
4905 /* clear the question */ | |
4906 msg_didout = FALSE; /* don't scroll up */ | |
4907 msg_col = 0; | |
4908 gotocmdline(TRUE); | |
4076 | 4909 |
4910 /* restore the line */ | |
4911 if (orig_line != NULL) | |
4912 ml_replace(lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
169 | 4913 } |
4914 | |
7 | 4915 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* no hit-return prompt */ |
1872 | 4916 if (typed == 'q' || typed == ESC || typed == Ctrl_C |
7 | 4917 #ifdef UNIX |
1872 | 4918 || typed == intr_char |
7 | 4919 #endif |
4920 ) | |
4921 { | |
4922 got_quit = TRUE; | |
4923 break; | |
4924 } | |
1872 | 4925 if (typed == 'n') |
7 | 4926 break; |
1872 | 4927 if (typed == 'y') |
7 | 4928 break; |
1872 | 4929 if (typed == 'l') |
7 | 4930 { |
4931 /* last: replace and then stop */ | |
4932 do_all = FALSE; | |
4933 line2 = lnum; | |
4934 break; | |
4935 } | |
1872 | 4936 if (typed == 'a') |
7 | 4937 { |
4938 do_ask = FALSE; | |
4939 break; | |
4940 } | |
4941 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1872 | 4942 if (typed == Ctrl_E) |
7 | 4943 scrollup_clamp(); |
1872 | 4944 else if (typed == Ctrl_Y) |
7 | 4945 scrolldown_clamp(); |
4946 #endif | |
4947 } | |
4948 State = save_State; | |
4949 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
4950 setmouse(); | |
4951 #endif | |
4952 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) | |
4953 --no_u_sync; | |
4954 | |
1872 | 4955 if (typed == 'n') |
7 | 4956 { |
4957 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at | |
4958 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that | |
4959 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. | |
1091 | 4960 * Avoids that ":%s/\nB\@=//gc" and ":%s/\n/,\r/gc" |
4961 * get stuck when pressing 'n'. */ | |
7 | 4962 if (nmatch > 1) |
4963 { | |
835 | 4964 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); |
1091 | 4965 skip_match = TRUE; |
7 | 4966 } |
4967 goto skip; | |
4968 } | |
4969 if (got_quit) | |
4099 | 4970 goto skip; |
7 | 4971 } |
4972 | |
4973 /* Move the cursor to the start of the match, so that we can | |
4974 * use "\=col("."). */ | |
4975 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; | |
4976 | |
4977 /* | |
4978 * 3. substitute the string. | |
4979 */ | |
3736 | 4980 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
4981 if (do_count) | |
4982 { | |
3786 | 4983 /* prevent accidentally changing the buffer by a function */ |
3736 | 4984 save_ma = curbuf->b_p_ma; |
4985 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; | |
4986 sandbox++; | |
4987 } | |
4988 #endif | |
7 | 4989 /* get length of substitution part */ |
1499 | 4990 sublen = vim_regsub_multi(®match, |
4991 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, | |
7 | 4992 sub, sub_firstline, FALSE, p_magic, TRUE); |
3736 | 4993 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
4994 if (do_count) | |
4995 { | |
4996 curbuf->b_p_ma = save_ma; | |
4997 sandbox--; | |
4998 goto skip; | |
4999 } | |
5000 #endif | |
7 | 5001 |
533 | 5002 /* When the match included the "$" of the last line it may |
819 | 5003 * go beyond the last line of the buffer. */ |
533 | 5004 if (nmatch > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1) |
5005 { | |
5006 nmatch = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1; | |
5007 skip_match = TRUE; | |
5008 } | |
5009 | |
7 | 5010 /* Need room for: |
5011 * - result so far in new_start (not for first sub in line) | |
5012 * - original text up to match | |
5013 * - length of substituted part | |
5014 * - original text after match | |
5015 */ | |
5016 if (nmatch == 1) | |
5017 p1 = sub_firstline; | |
5018 else | |
5019 { | |
5020 p1 = ml_get(sub_firstlnum + nmatch - 1); | |
5021 nmatch_tl += nmatch - 1; | |
5022 } | |
1872 | 5023 copy_len = regmatch.startpos[0].col - copycol; |
5024 needed_len = copy_len + ((unsigned)STRLEN(p1) | |
5025 - regmatch.endpos[0].col) + sublen + 1; | |
7 | 5026 if (new_start == NULL) |
5027 { | |
5028 /* | |
5029 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the | |
5030 * substitution into (and some extra space to avoid | |
5031 * too many calls to alloc()/free()). | |
5032 */ | |
5033 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; | |
5034 if ((new_start = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) | |
5035 goto outofmem; | |
5036 *new_start = NUL; | |
5037 new_end = new_start; | |
5038 } | |
5039 else | |
5040 { | |
5041 /* | |
5042 * Check if the temporary buffer is long enough to do the | |
5043 * substitution into. If not, make it larger (with a bit | |
5044 * extra to avoid too many calls to alloc()/free()). | |
5045 */ | |
5046 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(new_start); | |
5047 needed_len += len; | |
1872 | 5048 if (needed_len > (int)new_start_len) |
7 | 5049 { |
5050 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; | |
5051 if ((p1 = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) | |
5052 { | |
5053 vim_free(new_start); | |
5054 goto outofmem; | |
5055 } | |
5056 mch_memmove(p1, new_start, (size_t)(len + 1)); | |
5057 vim_free(new_start); | |
5058 new_start = p1; | |
5059 } | |
5060 new_end = new_start + len; | |
5061 } | |
5062 | |
5063 /* | |
5064 * copy the text up to the part that matched | |
5065 */ | |
1872 | 5066 mch_memmove(new_end, sub_firstline + copycol, (size_t)copy_len); |
5067 new_end += copy_len; | |
7 | 5068 |
1499 | 5069 (void)vim_regsub_multi(®match, |
5070 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, | |
7 | 5071 sub, new_end, TRUE, p_magic, TRUE); |
5072 sub_nsubs++; | |
5073 did_sub = TRUE; | |
5074 | |
5075 /* Move the cursor to the start of the line, to avoid that it | |
5076 * is beyond the end of the line after the substitution. */ | |
5077 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
5078 | |
5079 /* For a multi-line match, make a copy of the last matched | |
5080 * line and continue in that one. */ | |
5081 if (nmatch > 1) | |
5082 { | |
5083 sub_firstlnum += nmatch - 1; | |
5084 vim_free(sub_firstline); | |
5085 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); | |
5086 /* When going beyond the last line, stop substituting. */ | |
5087 if (sub_firstlnum <= line2) | |
5088 do_again = TRUE; | |
5089 else | |
5090 do_all = FALSE; | |
5091 } | |
5092 | |
5093 /* Remember next character to be copied. */ | |
5094 copycol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
5095 | |
819 | 5096 if (skip_match) |
5097 { | |
5098 /* Already hit end of the buffer, sub_firstlnum is one | |
5099 * less than what it ought to be. */ | |
5100 vim_free(sub_firstline); | |
5101 sub_firstline = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
5102 copycol = 0; | |
5103 } | |
5104 | |
7 | 5105 /* |
5106 * Now the trick is to replace CTRL-M chars with a real line | |
5107 * break. This would make it impossible to insert a CTRL-M in | |
5108 * the text. The line break can be avoided by preceding the | |
5109 * CTRL-M with a backslash. To be able to insert a backslash, | |
5110 * they must be doubled in the string and are halved here. | |
5111 * That is Vi compatible. | |
5112 */ | |
5113 for (p1 = new_end; *p1; ++p1) | |
5114 { | |
5115 if (p1[0] == '\\' && p1[1] != NUL) /* remove backslash */ | |
1624 | 5116 STRMOVE(p1, p1 + 1); |
7 | 5117 else if (*p1 == CAR) |
5118 { | |
5119 if (u_inssub(lnum) == OK) /* prepare for undo */ | |
5120 { | |
5121 *p1 = NUL; /* truncate up to the CR */ | |
5122 ml_append(lnum - 1, new_start, | |
5123 (colnr_T)(p1 - new_start + 1), FALSE); | |
5124 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
5125 if (do_ask) | |
5126 appended_lines(lnum - 1, 1L); | |
5127 else | |
5128 { | |
5129 if (first_line == 0) | |
5130 first_line = lnum; | |
5131 last_line = lnum + 1; | |
5132 } | |
5133 /* All line numbers increase. */ | |
5134 ++sub_firstlnum; | |
5135 ++lnum; | |
5136 ++line2; | |
5137 /* move the cursor to the new line, like Vi */ | |
5138 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1444 | 5139 /* copy the rest */ |
1624 | 5140 STRMOVE(new_start, p1 + 1); |
7 | 5141 p1 = new_start - 1; |
5142 } | |
5143 } | |
5144 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5145 else if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 5146 p1 += (*mb_ptr2len)(p1) - 1; |
7 | 5147 #endif |
5148 } | |
5149 | |
5150 /* | |
5151 * 4. If do_all is set, find next match. | |
5152 * Prevent endless loop with patterns that match empty | |
5153 * strings, e.g. :s/$/pat/g or :s/[a-z]* /(&)/g. | |
5154 * But ":s/\n/#/" is OK. | |
5155 */ | |
5156 skip: | |
5157 /* We already know that we did the last subst when we are at | |
5158 * the end of the line, except that a pattern like | |
1499 | 5159 * "bar\|\nfoo" may match at the NUL. "lnum" can be below |
5160 * "line2" when there is a \zs in the pattern after a line | |
5161 * break. */ | |
15 | 5162 lastone = (skip_match |
5163 || got_int | |
5164 || got_quit | |
1499 | 5165 || lnum > line2 |
15 | 5166 || !(do_all || do_again) |
5167 || (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL && nmatch <= 1 | |
5168 && !re_multiline(regmatch.regprog))); | |
7 | 5169 nmatch = -1; |
5170 | |
5171 /* | |
5172 * Replace the line in the buffer when needed. This is | |
5173 * skipped when there are more matches. | |
5174 * The check for nmatch_tl is needed for when multi-line | |
5175 * matching must replace the lines before trying to do another | |
5176 * match, otherwise "\@<=" won't work. | |
1499 | 5177 * When the match starts below where we start searching also |
5178 * need to replace the line first (using \zs after \n). | |
7 | 5179 */ |
5180 if (lastone | |
5181 || nmatch_tl > 0 | |
5182 || (nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, | |
1521 | 5183 curbuf, sub_firstlnum, |
5184 matchcol, NULL)) == 0 | |
1499 | 5185 || regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) |
7 | 5186 { |
5187 if (new_start != NULL) | |
5188 { | |
5189 /* | |
5190 * Copy the rest of the line, that didn't match. | |
5191 * "matchcol" has to be adjusted, we use the end of | |
5192 * the line as reference, because the substitute may | |
5193 * have changed the number of characters. Same for | |
5194 * "prev_matchcol". | |
5195 */ | |
5196 STRCAT(new_start, sub_firstline + copycol); | |
5197 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; | |
5198 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) | |
5199 - prev_matchcol; | |
5200 | |
5201 if (u_savesub(lnum) != OK) | |
5202 break; | |
5203 ml_replace(lnum, new_start, TRUE); | |
5204 | |
5205 if (nmatch_tl > 0) | |
5206 { | |
5207 /* | |
5208 * Matched lines have now been substituted and are | |
5209 * useless, delete them. The part after the match | |
5210 * has been appended to new_start, we don't need | |
5211 * it in the buffer. | |
5212 */ | |
5213 ++lnum; | |
5214 if (u_savedel(lnum, nmatch_tl) != OK) | |
5215 break; | |
5216 for (i = 0; i < nmatch_tl; ++i) | |
5217 ml_delete(lnum, (int)FALSE); | |
5218 mark_adjust(lnum, lnum + nmatch_tl - 1, | |
5219 (long)MAXLNUM, -nmatch_tl); | |
5220 if (do_ask) | |
5221 deleted_lines(lnum, nmatch_tl); | |
5222 --lnum; | |
5223 line2 -= nmatch_tl; /* nr of lines decreases */ | |
5224 nmatch_tl = 0; | |
5225 } | |
5226 | |
5227 /* When asking, undo is saved each time, must also set | |
5228 * changed flag each time. */ | |
5229 if (do_ask) | |
5230 changed_bytes(lnum, 0); | |
5231 else | |
5232 { | |
5233 if (first_line == 0) | |
5234 first_line = lnum; | |
5235 last_line = lnum + 1; | |
5236 } | |
5237 | |
5238 sub_firstlnum = lnum; | |
5239 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the temp buffer */ | |
5240 sub_firstline = new_start; | |
5241 new_start = NULL; | |
5242 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; | |
5243 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) | |
5244 - prev_matchcol; | |
5245 copycol = 0; | |
5246 } | |
5247 if (nmatch == -1 && !lastone) | |
5248 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, | |
1521 | 5249 sub_firstlnum, matchcol, NULL); |
7 | 5250 |
5251 /* | |
5252 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line | |
5253 */ | |
5254 if (nmatch <= 0) | |
1499 | 5255 { |
5256 /* If the match found didn't start where we were | |
5257 * searching, do the next search in the line where we | |
5258 * found the match. */ | |
5259 if (nmatch == -1) | |
5260 lnum -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
7 | 5261 break; |
1499 | 5262 } |
7 | 5263 } |
5264 | |
5265 line_breakcheck(); | |
5266 } | |
5267 | |
5268 if (did_sub) | |
5269 ++sub_nlines; | |
1720 | 5270 vim_free(new_start); /* for when substitute was cancelled */ |
7 | 5271 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the copy of the original line */ |
5272 sub_firstline = NULL; | |
5273 } | |
5274 | |
5275 line_breakcheck(); | |
5276 } | |
5277 | |
5278 if (first_line != 0) | |
5279 { | |
5280 /* Need to subtract the number of added lines from "last_line" to get | |
5281 * the line number before the change (same as adding the number of | |
5282 * deleted lines). */ | |
5283 i = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; | |
5284 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line - i, i); | |
5285 } | |
5286 | |
5287 outofmem: | |
5288 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* may have to free allocated copy of the line */ | |
170 | 5289 |
5290 /* ":s/pat//n" doesn't move the cursor */ | |
5291 if (do_count) | |
5292 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
5293 | |
2126
e038754d419a
updated for version 7.2.408
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1929
diff
changeset
|
5294 if (sub_nsubs > start_nsubs) |
7 | 5295 { |
5296 /* Set the '[ and '] marks. */ | |
5297 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = eap->line1; | |
5298 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; | |
5299 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
5300 | |
5301 if (!global_busy) | |
5302 { | |
3394 | 5303 if (!do_ask) /* when interactive leave cursor on the match */ |
5304 { | |
5305 if (endcolumn) | |
5306 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
5307 else | |
5308 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
5309 } | |
170 | 5310 if (!do_sub_msg(do_count) && do_ask) |
7 | 5311 MSG(""); |
5312 } | |
5313 else | |
5314 global_need_beginline = TRUE; | |
5315 if (do_print) | |
169 | 5316 print_line(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, do_number, do_list); |
7 | 5317 } |
5318 else if (!global_busy) | |
5319 { | |
5320 if (got_int) /* interrupted */ | |
5321 EMSG(_(e_interr)); | |
5322 else if (got_match) /* did find something but nothing substituted */ | |
5323 MSG(""); | |
5324 else if (do_error) /* nothing found */ | |
5325 EMSG2(_(e_patnotf2), get_search_pat()); | |
5326 } | |
5327 | |
4035 | 5328 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
5329 if (do_ask && hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
5330 /* Cursor position may require updating */ | |
5331 changed_window_setting(); | |
5332 #endif | |
5333 | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4613
diff
changeset
|
5334 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
6789 | 5335 |
5336 /* Restore the flag values, they can be used for ":&&". */ | |
5337 do_all = save_do_all; | |
5338 do_ask = save_do_ask; | |
7 | 5339 } |
5340 | |
5341 /* | |
5342 * Give message for number of substitutions. | |
5343 * Can also be used after a ":global" command. | |
5344 * Return TRUE if a message was given. | |
5345 */ | |
484 | 5346 int |
170 | 5347 do_sub_msg(count_only) |
5348 int count_only; /* used 'n' flag for ":s" */ | |
7 | 5349 { |
5350 /* | |
5351 * Only report substitutions when: | |
5352 * - more than 'report' substitutions | |
5353 * - command was typed by user, or number of changed lines > 'report' | |
5354 * - giving messages is not disabled by 'lazyredraw' | |
5355 */ | |
170 | 5356 if (((sub_nsubs > p_report && (KeyTyped || sub_nlines > 1 || p_report < 1)) |
5357 || count_only) | |
7 | 5358 && messaging()) |
5359 { | |
5360 if (got_int) | |
5361 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("(Interrupted) ")); | |
2290
22529abcd646
Fixed ":s" message. Docs updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
5362 else |
22529abcd646
Fixed ":s" message. Docs updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
5363 *msg_buf = NUL; |
7 | 5364 if (sub_nsubs == 1) |
2280
941ff1cd317a
Add file save counter to undo information. Add undotree() function.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2254
diff
changeset
|
5365 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
274 | 5366 "%s", count_only ? _("1 match") : _("1 substitution")); |
7 | 5367 else |
2280
941ff1cd317a
Add file save counter to undo information. Add undotree() function.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2254
diff
changeset
|
5368 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
170 | 5369 count_only ? _("%ld matches") : _("%ld substitutions"), |
7 | 5370 sub_nsubs); |
5371 if (sub_nlines == 1) | |
2280
941ff1cd317a
Add file save counter to undo information. Add undotree() function.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2254
diff
changeset
|
5372 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
274 | 5373 "%s", _(" on 1 line")); |
7 | 5374 else |
2280
941ff1cd317a
Add file save counter to undo information. Add undotree() function.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2254
diff
changeset
|
5375 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
274 | 5376 _(" on %ld lines"), (long)sub_nlines); |
7 | 5377 if (msg(msg_buf)) |
5378 /* save message to display it after redraw */ | |
680 | 5379 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
7 | 5380 return TRUE; |
5381 } | |
5382 if (got_int) | |
5383 { | |
5384 EMSG(_(e_interr)); | |
5385 return TRUE; | |
5386 } | |
5387 return FALSE; | |
5388 } | |
5389 | |
5390 /* | |
5391 * Execute a global command of the form: | |
5392 * | |
5393 * g/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern matches | |
5394 * v/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern does not match | |
5395 * | |
5396 * where 'X' is an EX command | |
5397 * | |
5398 * The command character (as well as the trailing slash) is optional, and | |
5399 * is assumed to be 'p' if missing. | |
5400 * | |
5401 * This is implemented in two passes: first we scan the file for the pattern and | |
3786 | 5402 * set a mark for each line that (not) matches. Secondly we execute the command |
7 | 5403 * for each line that has a mark. This is required because after deleting |
5404 * lines we do not know where to search for the next match. | |
5405 */ | |
5406 void | |
5407 ex_global(eap) | |
5408 exarg_T *eap; | |
5409 { | |
5410 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ | |
170 | 5411 int ndone = 0; |
7 | 5412 int type; /* first char of cmd: 'v' or 'g' */ |
5413 char_u *cmd; /* command argument */ | |
5414 | |
5415 char_u delim; /* delimiter, normally '/' */ | |
5416 char_u *pat; | |
5417 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
5418 int match; | |
5419 int which_pat; | |
5420 | |
5421 if (global_busy) | |
5422 { | |
5423 EMSG(_("E147: Cannot do :global recursive")); /* will increment global_busy */ | |
5424 return; | |
5425 } | |
5426 | |
5427 if (eap->forceit) /* ":global!" is like ":vglobal" */ | |
5428 type = 'v'; | |
5429 else | |
5430 type = *eap->cmd; | |
5431 cmd = eap->arg; | |
5432 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* default: use last used regexp */ | |
5433 | |
5434 /* | |
5435 * undocumented vi feature: | |
5436 * "\/" and "\?": use previous search pattern. | |
5437 * "\&": use previous substitute pattern. | |
5438 */ | |
5439 if (*cmd == '\\') | |
5440 { | |
5441 ++cmd; | |
5442 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) | |
5443 { | |
5444 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); | |
5445 return; | |
5446 } | |
5447 if (*cmd == '&') | |
5448 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use previous substitute pattern */ | |
5449 else | |
5450 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use previous search pattern */ | |
5451 ++cmd; | |
5452 pat = (char_u *)""; | |
5453 } | |
5454 else if (*cmd == NUL) | |
5455 { | |
5456 EMSG(_("E148: Regular expression missing from global")); | |
5457 return; | |
5458 } | |
5459 else | |
5460 { | |
5461 delim = *cmd; /* get the delimiter */ | |
5462 if (delim) | |
5463 ++cmd; /* skip delimiter if there is one */ | |
5464 pat = cmd; /* remember start of pattern */ | |
5465 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delim, p_magic, &eap->arg); | |
5466 if (cmd[0] == delim) /* end delimiter found */ | |
5467 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ | |
5468 } | |
5469 | |
5470 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* when in Farsi mode, reverse the character flow */ | |
5471 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) | |
5472 lrFswap(pat,0); | |
5473 #endif | |
5474 | |
5475 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_BOTH, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) | |
5476 { | |
5477 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); | |
5478 return; | |
5479 } | |
5480 | |
5481 /* | |
5482 * pass 1: set marks for each (not) matching line | |
5483 */ | |
5484 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2 && !got_int; ++lnum) | |
5485 { | |
5486 /* a match on this line? */ | |
1521 | 5487 match = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, |
5488 (colnr_T)0, NULL); | |
7 | 5489 if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match)) |
5490 { | |
5491 ml_setmarked(lnum); | |
5492 ndone++; | |
5493 } | |
5494 line_breakcheck(); | |
5495 } | |
5496 | |
5497 /* | |
5498 * pass 2: execute the command for each line that has been marked | |
5499 */ | |
5500 if (got_int) | |
5501 MSG(_(e_interr)); | |
5502 else if (ndone == 0) | |
5503 { | |
5504 if (type == 'v') | |
274 | 5505 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern found in every line: %s"), pat); |
7 | 5506 else |
4195 | 5507 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern not found: %s"), pat); |
7 | 5508 } |
5509 else | |
6116 | 5510 { |
5511 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
5512 start_global_changes(); | |
5513 #endif | |
7 | 5514 global_exe(cmd); |
6116 | 5515 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
5516 end_global_changes(); | |
5517 #endif | |
5518 } | |
7 | 5519 |
5520 ml_clearmarked(); /* clear rest of the marks */ | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4613
diff
changeset
|
5521 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
7 | 5522 } |
5523 | |
5524 /* | |
5525 * Execute "cmd" on lines marked with ml_setmarked(). | |
5526 */ | |
5527 void | |
5528 global_exe(cmd) | |
5529 char_u *cmd; | |
5530 { | |
2819 | 5531 linenr_T old_lcount; /* b_ml.ml_line_count before the command */ |
5532 buf_T *old_buf = curbuf; /* remember what buffer we started in */ | |
5533 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ | |
7 | 5534 |
5535 /* | |
5536 * Set current position only once for a global command. | |
5537 * If global_busy is set, setpcmark() will not do anything. | |
5538 * If there is an error, global_busy will be incremented. | |
5539 */ | |
5540 setpcmark(); | |
5541 | |
5542 /* When the command writes a message, don't overwrite the command. */ | |
5543 msg_didout = TRUE; | |
5544 | |
2127
4e22214f8464
updated for version 7.2.409
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2126
diff
changeset
|
5545 sub_nsubs = 0; |
4e22214f8464
updated for version 7.2.409
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2126
diff
changeset
|
5546 sub_nlines = 0; |
7 | 5547 global_need_beginline = FALSE; |
5548 global_busy = 1; | |
5549 old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
5550 while (!got_int && (lnum = ml_firstmarked()) != 0 && global_busy == 1) | |
5551 { | |
5552 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
5553 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
5554 if (*cmd == NUL || *cmd == '\n') | |
5555 do_cmdline((char_u *)"p", NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); | |
5556 else | |
5557 do_cmdline(cmd, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); | |
5558 ui_breakcheck(); | |
5559 } | |
5560 | |
5561 global_busy = 0; | |
5562 if (global_need_beginline) | |
5563 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
5564 else | |
5565 check_cursor(); /* cursor may be beyond the end of the line */ | |
5566 | |
39 | 5567 /* the cursor may not have moved in the text but a change in a previous |
5568 * line may move it on the screen */ | |
5569 changed_line_abv_curs(); | |
5570 | |
7 | 5571 /* If it looks like no message was written, allow overwriting the |
5572 * command with the report for number of changes. */ | |
5573 if (msg_col == 0 && msg_scrolled == 0) | |
5574 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
5575 | |
1227 | 5576 /* If substitutes done, report number of substitutes, otherwise report |
2819 | 5577 * number of extra or deleted lines. |
5578 * Don't report extra or deleted lines in the edge case where the buffer | |
5579 * we are in after execution is different from the buffer we started in. */ | |
5580 if (!do_sub_msg(FALSE) && curbuf == old_buf) | |
7 | 5581 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); |
5582 } | |
5583 | |
5584 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
5585 int | |
5586 read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, force) | |
5587 vir_T *virp; | |
5588 int force; | |
5589 { | |
2690 | 5590 if (force) |
7 | 5591 vim_free(old_sub); |
5592 if (force || old_sub == NULL) | |
5593 old_sub = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); | |
5594 return viminfo_readline(virp); | |
5595 } | |
5596 | |
5597 void | |
5598 write_viminfo_sub_string(fp) | |
5599 FILE *fp; | |
5600 { | |
5601 if (get_viminfo_parameter('/') != 0 && old_sub != NULL) | |
5602 { | |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2394
diff
changeset
|
5603 fputs(_("\n# Last Substitute String:\n$"), fp); |
7 | 5604 viminfo_writestring(fp, old_sub); |
5605 } | |
5606 } | |
5607 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ | |
5608 | |
359 | 5609 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
5610 void | |
5611 free_old_sub() | |
5612 { | |
5613 vim_free(old_sub); | |
5614 } | |
5615 #endif | |
5616 | |
7 | 5617 #if (defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)) || defined(PROTO) |
5618 /* | |
5619 * Set up for a tagpreview. | |
735 | 5620 * Return TRUE when it was created. |
7 | 5621 */ |
735 | 5622 int |
816 | 5623 prepare_tagpreview(undo_sync) |
5624 int undo_sync; /* sync undo when leaving the window */ | |
7 | 5625 { |
5626 win_T *wp; | |
5627 | |
5628 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5629 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
5630 # endif | |
5631 | |
5632 /* | |
5633 * If there is already a preview window open, use that one. | |
5634 */ | |
5635 if (!curwin->w_p_pvw) | |
5636 { | |
5637 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
5638 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
5639 break; | |
5640 if (wp != NULL) | |
816 | 5641 win_enter(wp, undo_sync); |
7 | 5642 else |
5643 { | |
5644 /* | |
5645 * There is no preview window open yet. Create one. | |
5646 */ | |
5647 if (win_split(g_do_tagpreview > 0 ? g_do_tagpreview : 0, 0) | |
5648 == FAIL) | |
735 | 5649 return FALSE; |
7 | 5650 curwin->w_p_pvw = TRUE; |
5651 curwin->w_p_wfh = TRUE; | |
2583 | 5652 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* don't take over 'scrollbind' |
5653 and 'cursorbind' */ | |
7 | 5654 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
5655 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* no 'diff' */ | |
5656 # endif | |
5657 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
5658 curwin->w_p_fdc = 0; /* no 'foldcolumn' */ | |
5659 # endif | |
735 | 5660 return TRUE; |
7 | 5661 } |
5662 } | |
735 | 5663 return FALSE; |
7 | 5664 } |
5665 | |
5666 #endif | |
5667 | |
5668 | |
5669 /* | |
5670 * ":help": open a read-only window on a help file | |
5671 */ | |
5672 void | |
5673 ex_help(eap) | |
5674 exarg_T *eap; | |
5675 { | |
5676 char_u *arg; | |
5677 char_u *tag; | |
5678 FILE *helpfd; /* file descriptor of help file */ | |
5679 int n; | |
5680 int i; | |
5681 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5682 win_T *wp; | |
5683 #endif | |
5684 int num_matches; | |
5685 char_u **matches; | |
5686 char_u *p; | |
5687 int empty_fnum = 0; | |
5688 int alt_fnum = 0; | |
5689 buf_T *buf; | |
5690 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
5691 int len; | |
9 | 5692 char_u *lang; |
7 | 5693 #endif |
3112 | 5694 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
5695 int old_KeyTyped = KeyTyped; | |
5696 #endif | |
7 | 5697 |
5698 if (eap != NULL) | |
5699 { | |
5700 /* | |
5701 * A ":help" command ends at the first LF, or at a '|' that is | |
5702 * followed by some text. Set nextcmd to the following command. | |
5703 */ | |
5704 for (arg = eap->arg; *arg; ++arg) | |
5705 { | |
5706 if (*arg == '\n' || *arg == '\r' | |
5707 || (*arg == '|' && arg[1] != NUL && arg[1] != '|')) | |
5708 { | |
5709 *arg++ = NUL; | |
5710 eap->nextcmd = arg; | |
5711 break; | |
5712 } | |
5713 } | |
5714 arg = eap->arg; | |
5715 | |
3446 | 5716 if (eap->forceit && *arg == NUL && !curbuf->b_help) |
7 | 5717 { |
5718 EMSG(_("E478: Don't panic!")); | |
5719 return; | |
5720 } | |
5721 | |
5722 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands */ | |
5723 return; | |
5724 } | |
5725 else | |
5726 arg = (char_u *)""; | |
5727 | |
5728 /* remove trailing blanks */ | |
5729 p = arg + STRLEN(arg) - 1; | |
5730 while (p > arg && vim_iswhite(*p) && p[-1] != '\\') | |
5731 *p-- = NUL; | |
5732 | |
5733 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
5734 /* Check for a specified language */ | |
9 | 5735 lang = check_help_lang(arg); |
7 | 5736 #endif |
5737 | |
5738 /* When no argument given go to the index. */ | |
5739 if (*arg == NUL) | |
5740 arg = (char_u *)"help.txt"; | |
5741 | |
5742 /* | |
5743 * Check if there is a match for the argument. | |
5744 */ | |
5745 n = find_help_tags(arg, &num_matches, &matches, | |
5746 eap != NULL && eap->forceit); | |
5747 | |
5748 i = 0; | |
5749 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
5750 if (n != FAIL && lang != NULL) | |
5751 /* Find first item with the requested language. */ | |
5752 for (i = 0; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
5753 { | |
835 | 5754 len = (int)STRLEN(matches[i]); |
7 | 5755 if (len > 3 && matches[i][len - 3] == '@' |
5756 && STRICMP(matches[i] + len - 2, lang) == 0) | |
5757 break; | |
5758 } | |
5759 #endif | |
5760 if (i >= num_matches || n == FAIL) | |
5761 { | |
5762 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
5763 if (lang != NULL) | |
5764 EMSG3(_("E661: Sorry, no '%s' help for %s"), lang, arg); | |
5765 else | |
5766 #endif | |
5767 EMSG2(_("E149: Sorry, no help for %s"), arg); | |
5768 if (n != FAIL) | |
5769 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); | |
5770 return; | |
5771 } | |
5772 | |
5773 /* The first match (in the requested language) is the best match. */ | |
5774 tag = vim_strsave(matches[i]); | |
5775 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); | |
5776 | |
5777 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5778 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
5779 #endif | |
5780 | |
5781 /* | |
5782 * Re-use an existing help window or open a new one. | |
684 | 5783 * Always open a new one for ":tab help". |
7 | 5784 */ |
684 | 5785 if (!curwin->w_buffer->b_help |
5786 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5787 || cmdmod.tab != 0 | |
5788 #endif | |
5789 ) | |
7 | 5790 { |
5791 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
684 | 5792 if (cmdmod.tab != 0) |
5793 wp = NULL; | |
5794 else | |
5795 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
5796 if (wp->w_buffer != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
5797 break; | |
7 | 5798 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_nwindows > 0) |
5799 win_enter(wp, TRUE); | |
5800 else | |
5801 #endif | |
5802 { | |
5803 /* | |
5804 * There is no help window yet. | |
5805 * Try to open the file specified by the "helpfile" option. | |
5806 */ | |
5807 if ((helpfd = mch_fopen((char *)p_hf, READBIN)) == NULL) | |
5808 { | |
274 | 5809 smsg((char_u *)_("Sorry, help file \"%s\" not found"), p_hf); |
7 | 5810 goto erret; |
5811 } | |
5812 fclose(helpfd); | |
5813 | |
5814 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5815 /* Split off help window; put it at far top if no position | |
684 | 5816 * specified, the current window is vertically split and |
5817 * narrow. */ | |
7 | 5818 n = WSP_HELP; |
5819 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5820 if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns | |
684 | 5821 && curwin->w_width < 80) |
7 | 5822 n |= WSP_TOP; |
5823 # endif | |
5824 if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL) | |
684 | 5825 goto erret; |
7 | 5826 #else |
5827 /* use current window */ | |
5828 if (!can_abandon(curbuf, FALSE)) | |
5829 goto erret; | |
684 | 5830 #endif |
7 | 5831 |
5832 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5833 if (curwin->w_height < p_hh) | |
5834 win_setheight((int)p_hh); | |
5835 #endif | |
5836 | |
5837 /* | |
5838 * Open help file (do_ecmd() will set b_help flag, readfile() will | |
5839 * set b_p_ro flag). | |
5840 * Set the alternate file to the previously edited file. | |
5841 */ | |
5842 alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; | |
5843 (void)do_ecmd(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL, | |
1743 | 5844 ECMD_HIDE + ECMD_SET_HELP, |
5845 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5846 NULL /* buffer is still open, don't store info */ | |
5847 #else | |
5848 curwin | |
5849 #endif | |
5850 ); | |
22 | 5851 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) |
5852 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; | |
7 | 5853 empty_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; |
5854 } | |
5855 } | |
5856 | |
5857 if (!p_im) | |
5858 restart_edit = 0; /* don't want insert mode in help file */ | |
5859 | |
3112 | 5860 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
5861 /* Restore KeyTyped, setting 'filetype=help' may reset it. | |
5862 * It is needed for do_tag top open folds under the cursor. */ | |
5863 KeyTyped = old_KeyTyped; | |
5864 #endif | |
5865 | |
7 | 5866 if (tag != NULL) |
5867 do_tag(tag, DT_HELP, 1, FALSE, TRUE); | |
5868 | |
819 | 5869 /* Delete the empty buffer if we're not using it. Careful: autocommands |
5870 * may have jumped to another window, check that the buffer is not in a | |
5871 * window. */ | |
7 | 5872 if (empty_fnum != 0 && curbuf->b_fnum != empty_fnum) |
5873 { | |
5874 buf = buflist_findnr(empty_fnum); | |
819 | 5875 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_nwindows == 0) |
7 | 5876 wipe_buffer(buf, TRUE); |
5877 } | |
5878 | |
5879 /* keep the previous alternate file */ | |
22 | 5880 if (alt_fnum != 0 && curwin->w_alt_fnum == empty_fnum && !cmdmod.keepalt) |
7 | 5881 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; |
5882 | |
5883 erret: | |
5884 vim_free(tag); | |
5885 } | |
5886 | |
6228 | 5887 /* |
6234 | 5888 * ":helpclose": Close one help window |
6228 | 5889 */ |
5890 void | |
5891 ex_helpclose(eap) | |
5892 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; | |
5893 { | |
6236 | 5894 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
6228 | 5895 win_T *win; |
5896 | |
5897 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win) | |
5898 { | |
5899 if (win->w_buffer->b_help) | |
5900 { | |
5901 win_close(win, FALSE); | |
6234 | 5902 return; |
6228 | 5903 } |
5904 } | |
6236 | 5905 #endif |
6228 | 5906 } |
7 | 5907 |
9 | 5908 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO) |
5909 /* | |
5910 * In an argument search for a language specifiers in the form "@xx". | |
5911 * Changes the "@" to NUL if found, and returns a pointer to "xx". | |
5912 * Returns NULL if not found. | |
5913 */ | |
5914 char_u * | |
5915 check_help_lang(arg) | |
5916 char_u *arg; | |
5917 { | |
835 | 5918 int len = (int)STRLEN(arg); |
9 | 5919 |
5920 if (len >= 3 && arg[len - 3] == '@' && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 2]) | |
5921 && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 1])) | |
5922 { | |
5923 arg[len - 3] = NUL; /* remove the '@' */ | |
5924 return arg + len - 2; | |
5925 } | |
5926 return NULL; | |
5927 } | |
5928 #endif | |
5929 | |
7 | 5930 /* |
5931 * Return a heuristic indicating how well the given string matches. The | |
5932 * smaller the number, the better the match. This is the order of priorities, | |
5933 * from best match to worst match: | |
5934 * - Match with least alpha-numeric characters is better. | |
5935 * - Match with least total characters is better. | |
5936 * - Match towards the start is better. | |
5937 * - Match starting with "+" is worse (feature instead of command) | |
5938 * Assumption is made that the matched_string passed has already been found to | |
5939 * match some string for which help is requested. webb. | |
5940 */ | |
5941 int | |
5942 help_heuristic(matched_string, offset, wrong_case) | |
5943 char_u *matched_string; | |
5944 int offset; /* offset for match */ | |
5945 int wrong_case; /* no matching case */ | |
5946 { | |
5947 int num_letters; | |
5948 char_u *p; | |
5949 | |
5950 num_letters = 0; | |
5951 for (p = matched_string; *p; p++) | |
5952 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(*p)) | |
5953 num_letters++; | |
5954 | |
5955 /* | |
5956 * Multiply the number of letters by 100 to give it a much bigger | |
5957 * weighting than the number of characters. | |
5958 * If there only is a match while ignoring case, add 5000. | |
5959 * If the match starts in the middle of a word, add 10000 to put it | |
5960 * somewhere in the last half. | |
5961 * If the match is more than 2 chars from the start, multiply by 200 to | |
5962 * put it after matches at the start. | |
5963 */ | |
5964 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset]) && offset > 0 | |
5965 && ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset - 1])) | |
5966 offset += 10000; | |
5967 else if (offset > 2) | |
5968 offset *= 200; | |
5969 if (wrong_case) | |
5970 offset += 5000; | |
5971 /* Features are less interesting than the subjects themselves, but "+" | |
5972 * alone is not a feature. */ | |
5973 if (matched_string[0] == '+' && matched_string[1] != NUL) | |
5974 offset += 100; | |
5975 return (int)(100 * num_letters + STRLEN(matched_string) + offset); | |
5976 } | |
5977 | |
5978 /* | |
5979 * Compare functions for qsort() below, that checks the help heuristics number | |
5980 * that has been put after the tagname by find_tags(). | |
5981 */ | |
5982 static int | |
5983 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
5984 _RTLENTRYF | |
5985 #endif | |
5986 help_compare(s1, s2) | |
5987 const void *s1; | |
5988 const void *s2; | |
5989 { | |
5990 char *p1; | |
5991 char *p2; | |
5992 | |
5993 p1 = *(char **)s1 + strlen(*(char **)s1) + 1; | |
5994 p2 = *(char **)s2 + strlen(*(char **)s2) + 1; | |
5995 return strcmp(p1, p2); | |
5996 } | |
5997 | |
5998 /* | |
5999 * Find all help tags matching "arg", sort them and return in matches[], with | |
6000 * the number of matches in num_matches. | |
6001 * The matches will be sorted with a "best" match algorithm. | |
6002 * When "keep_lang" is TRUE try keeping the language of the current buffer. | |
6003 */ | |
6004 int | |
6005 find_help_tags(arg, num_matches, matches, keep_lang) | |
6006 char_u *arg; | |
6007 int *num_matches; | |
6008 char_u ***matches; | |
6009 int keep_lang; | |
6010 { | |
6011 char_u *s, *d; | |
6012 int i; | |
6013 static char *(mtable[]) = {"*", "g*", "[*", "]*", ":*", | |
445 | 6014 "/*", "/\\*", "\"*", "**", |
5269
7d1f89b27103
updated for version 7.4b.011
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5257
diff
changeset
|
6015 "cpo-*", "/\\(\\)", "/\\%(\\)", |
323 | 6016 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", "z?", |
279 | 6017 "/\\?", "/\\z(\\)", "\\=", ":s\\=", |
7 | 6018 "[count]", "[quotex]", "[range]", |
5647 | 6019 "[pattern]", "\\|", "\\%$", |
6020 "s/\\~", "s/\\U", "s/\\L", | |
6021 "s/\\1", "s/\\2", "s/\\3", "s/\\9"}; | |
7 | 6022 static char *(rtable[]) = {"star", "gstar", "[star", "]star", ":star", |
445 | 6023 "/star", "/\\\\star", "quotestar", "starstar", |
5269
7d1f89b27103
updated for version 7.4b.011
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5257
diff
changeset
|
6024 "cpo-star", "/\\\\(\\\\)", "/\\\\%(\\\\)", |
323 | 6025 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", "z?", |
279 | 6026 "/\\\\?", "/\\\\z(\\\\)", "\\\\=", ":s\\\\=", |
7 | 6027 "\\[count]", "\\[quotex]", "\\[range]", |
5647 | 6028 "\\[pattern]", "\\\\bar", "/\\\\%\\$", |
5867 | 6029 "s/\\\\\\~", "s/\\\\U", "s/\\\\L", |
5647 | 6030 "s/\\\\1", "s/\\\\2", "s/\\\\3", "s/\\\\9"}; |
7 | 6031 int flags; |
6032 | |
6033 d = IObuff; /* assume IObuff is long enough! */ | |
6034 | |
6035 /* | |
6036 * Recognize a few exceptions to the rule. Some strings that contain '*' | |
6037 * with "star". Otherwise '*' is recognized as a wildcard. | |
6038 */ | |
1872 | 6039 for (i = (int)(sizeof(mtable) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) |
7 | 6040 if (STRCMP(arg, mtable[i]) == 0) |
6041 { | |
6042 STRCPY(d, rtable[i]); | |
6043 break; | |
6044 } | |
6045 | |
6046 if (i < 0) /* no match in table */ | |
6047 { | |
6048 /* Replace "\S" with "/\\S", etc. Otherwise every tag is matched. | |
6049 * Also replace "\%^" and "\%(", they match every tag too. | |
6050 * Also "\zs", "\z1", etc. | |
6051 * Also "\@<", "\@=", "\@<=", etc. | |
6052 * And also "\_$" and "\_^". */ | |
6053 if (arg[0] == '\\' | |
6054 && ((arg[1] != NUL && arg[2] == NUL) | |
6055 || (vim_strchr((char_u *)"%_z@", arg[1]) != NULL | |
6056 && arg[2] != NUL))) | |
6057 { | |
6058 STRCPY(d, "/\\\\"); | |
6059 STRCPY(d + 3, arg + 1); | |
6060 /* Check for "/\\_$", should be "/\\_\$" */ | |
6061 if (d[3] == '_' && d[4] == '$') | |
6062 STRCPY(d + 4, "\\$"); | |
6063 } | |
6064 else | |
6065 { | |
3786 | 6066 /* Replace: |
6067 * "[:...:]" with "\[:...:]" | |
6068 * "[++...]" with "\[++...]" | |
5867 | 6069 * "\{" with "\\{" -- matching "} \}" |
3786 | 6070 */ |
6071 if ((arg[0] == '[' && (arg[1] == ':' | |
6072 || (arg[1] == '+' && arg[2] == '+'))) | |
6073 || (arg[0] == '\\' && arg[1] == '{')) | |
7 | 6074 *d++ = '\\'; |
6075 | |
6076 for (s = arg; *s; ++s) | |
6077 { | |
6078 /* | |
6079 * Replace "|" with "bar" and '"' with "quote" to match the name of | |
6080 * the tags for these commands. | |
6081 * Replace "*" with ".*" and "?" with "." to match command line | |
6082 * completion. | |
6083 * Insert a backslash before '~', '$' and '.' to avoid their | |
6084 * special meaning. | |
6085 */ | |
6086 if (d - IObuff > IOSIZE - 10) /* getting too long!? */ | |
6087 break; | |
6088 switch (*s) | |
6089 { | |
6090 case '|': STRCPY(d, "bar"); | |
6091 d += 3; | |
6092 continue; | |
6093 case '"': STRCPY(d, "quote"); | |
6094 d += 5; | |
6095 continue; | |
6096 case '*': *d++ = '.'; | |
6097 break; | |
6098 case '?': *d++ = '.'; | |
6099 continue; | |
6100 case '$': | |
6101 case '.': | |
6102 case '~': *d++ = '\\'; | |
6103 break; | |
6104 } | |
6105 | |
6106 /* | |
6107 * Replace "^x" by "CTRL-X". Don't do this for "^_" to make | |
6108 * ":help i_^_CTRL-D" work. | |
6109 * Insert '-' before and after "CTRL-X" when applicable. | |
6110 */ | |
6111 if (*s < ' ' || (*s == '^' && s[1] && (ASCII_ISALPHA(s[1]) | |
6112 || vim_strchr((char_u *)"?@[\\]^", s[1]) != NULL))) | |
6113 { | |
5282
8c42772f0543
updated for version 7.4b.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5269
diff
changeset
|
6114 if (d > IObuff && d[-1] != '_' && d[-1] != '\\') |
8c42772f0543
updated for version 7.4b.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5269
diff
changeset
|
6115 *d++ = '_'; /* prepend a '_' to make x_CTRL-x */ |
7 | 6116 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-"); |
6117 d += 5; | |
6118 if (*s < ' ') | |
6119 { | |
6120 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
6121 *d++ = CtrlChar(*s); | |
6122 #else | |
6123 *d++ = *s + '@'; | |
6124 #endif | |
6125 if (d[-1] == '\\') | |
6126 *d++ = '\\'; /* double a backslash */ | |
6127 } | |
6128 else | |
6129 *d++ = *++s; | |
6130 if (s[1] != NUL && s[1] != '_') | |
6131 *d++ = '_'; /* append a '_' */ | |
6132 continue; | |
6133 } | |
6134 else if (*s == '^') /* "^" or "CTRL-^" or "^_" */ | |
6135 *d++ = '\\'; | |
6136 | |
6137 /* | |
6138 * Insert a backslash before a backslash after a slash, for search | |
6139 * pattern tags: "/\|" --> "/\\|". | |
6140 */ | |
6141 else if (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != '\\' | |
6142 && *arg == '/' && s == arg + 1) | |
6143 *d++ = '\\'; | |
6144 | |
6145 /* "CTRL-\_" -> "CTRL-\\_" to avoid the special meaning of "\_" in | |
6146 * "CTRL-\_CTRL-N" */ | |
6147 if (STRNICMP(s, "CTRL-\\_", 7) == 0) | |
6148 { | |
6149 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-\\\\"); | |
6150 d += 7; | |
6151 s += 6; | |
6152 } | |
6153 | |
6154 *d++ = *s; | |
6155 | |
6156 /* | |
6157 * If tag starts with ', toss everything after a second '. Fixes | |
6158 * CTRL-] on 'option'. (would include the trailing '.'). | |
6159 */ | |
6160 if (*s == '\'' && s > arg && *arg == '\'') | |
6161 break; | |
6162 } | |
6163 *d = NUL; | |
3480 | 6164 |
6165 if (*IObuff == '`') | |
6166 { | |
6167 if (d > IObuff + 2 && d[-1] == '`') | |
6168 { | |
6169 /* remove the backticks from `command` */ | |
6170 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); | |
6171 d[-2] = NUL; | |
6172 } | |
6173 else if (d > IObuff + 3 && d[-2] == '`' && d[-1] == ',') | |
6174 { | |
6175 /* remove the backticks and comma from `command`, */ | |
6176 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); | |
6177 d[-3] = NUL; | |
6178 } | |
6179 else if (d > IObuff + 4 && d[-3] == '`' | |
6180 && d[-2] == '\\' && d[-1] == '.') | |
6181 { | |
6182 /* remove the backticks and dot from `command`\. */ | |
6183 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); | |
6184 d[-4] = NUL; | |
6185 } | |
6186 } | |
7 | 6187 } |
6188 } | |
6189 | |
6190 *matches = (char_u **)""; | |
6191 *num_matches = 0; | |
6192 flags = TAG_HELP | TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_VERBOSE; | |
6193 if (keep_lang) | |
6194 flags |= TAG_KEEP_LANG; | |
1696 | 6195 if (find_tags(IObuff, num_matches, matches, flags, (int)MAXCOL, NULL) == OK |
7 | 6196 && *num_matches > 0) |
1696 | 6197 { |
7 | 6198 /* Sort the matches found on the heuristic number that is after the |
6199 * tag name. */ | |
6200 qsort((void *)*matches, (size_t)*num_matches, | |
6201 sizeof(char_u *), help_compare); | |
1696 | 6202 /* Delete more than TAG_MANY to reduce the size of the listing. */ |
6203 while (*num_matches > TAG_MANY) | |
6204 vim_free((*matches)[--*num_matches]); | |
6205 } | |
7 | 6206 return OK; |
6207 } | |
6208 | |
6209 /* | |
6365 | 6210 * Called when starting to edit a buffer for a help file. |
6211 */ | |
6212 static void | |
6213 prepare_help_buffer() | |
6214 { | |
6215 char_u *p; | |
6216 | |
6217 curbuf->b_help = TRUE; | |
6218 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
6219 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"buftype", -1, | |
6220 (char_u *)"help", OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); | |
6221 #endif | |
6222 | |
6223 /* | |
6224 * Always set these options after jumping to a help tag, because the | |
6225 * user may have an autocommand that gets in the way. | |
6226 * Accept all ASCII chars for keywords, except ' ', '*', '"', '|', and | |
6227 * latin1 word characters (for translated help files). | |
6228 * Only set it when needed, buf_init_chartab() is some work. | |
6229 */ | |
6230 p = | |
6231 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
6232 (char_u *)"65-255,^*,^|,^\""; | |
6233 #else | |
6234 (char_u *)"!-~,^*,^|,^\",192-255"; | |
6235 #endif | |
6236 if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_isk, p) != 0) | |
6237 { | |
6238 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"isk", -1, p, OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); | |
6239 check_buf_options(curbuf); | |
6240 (void)buf_init_chartab(curbuf, FALSE); | |
6241 } | |
6242 | |
6415 | 6243 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
6365 | 6244 /* Don't use the global foldmethod.*/ |
6245 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fdm", -1, (char_u *)"manual", | |
6246 OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); | |
6415 | 6247 #endif |
6365 | 6248 |
6249 curbuf->b_p_ts = 8; /* 'tabstop' is 8 */ | |
6250 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; /* no list mode */ | |
6251 | |
6252 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; /* not modifiable */ | |
6253 curbuf->b_p_bin = FALSE; /* reset 'bin' before reading file */ | |
6254 curwin->w_p_nu = 0; /* no line numbers */ | |
6255 curwin->w_p_rnu = 0; /* no relative line numbers */ | |
6256 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* no scroll or cursor binding */ | |
6257 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
6258 curwin->w_p_arab = FALSE; /* no arabic mode */ | |
6259 #endif | |
6260 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
6261 curwin->w_p_rl = FALSE; /* help window is left-to-right */ | |
6262 #endif | |
6263 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6264 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; /* No folding in the help window */ | |
6265 #endif | |
6266 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
6267 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* No 'diff' */ | |
6268 #endif | |
6269 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
6270 curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE; /* No spell checking */ | |
6271 #endif | |
6272 | |
6273 set_buflisted(FALSE); | |
6274 } | |
6275 | |
6276 /* | |
7 | 6277 * After reading a help file: May cleanup a help buffer when syntax |
6278 * highlighting is not used. | |
6279 */ | |
6280 void | |
6281 fix_help_buffer() | |
6282 { | |
6283 linenr_T lnum; | |
6284 char_u *line; | |
6285 int in_example = FALSE; | |
6286 int len; | |
3141 | 6287 char_u *fname; |
7 | 6288 char_u *p; |
6289 char_u *rt; | |
6290 int mustfree; | |
6291 | |
6292 /* set filetype to "help". */ | |
6293 set_option_value((char_u *)"ft", 0L, (char_u *)"help", OPT_LOCAL); | |
6294 | |
6295 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
6296 if (!syntax_present(curwin)) |
7 | 6297 #endif |
6298 { | |
6299 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) | |
6300 { | |
6301 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); | |
6302 len = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
6303 if (in_example && len > 0 && !vim_iswhite(line[0])) | |
6304 { | |
6305 /* End of example: non-white or '<' in first column. */ | |
6306 if (line[0] == '<') | |
6307 { | |
6308 /* blank-out a '<' in the first column */ | |
6309 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); | |
6310 line[0] = ' '; | |
6311 } | |
6312 in_example = FALSE; | |
6313 } | |
6314 if (!in_example && len > 0) | |
6315 { | |
6316 if (line[len - 1] == '>' && (len == 1 || line[len - 2] == ' ')) | |
6317 { | |
6318 /* blank-out a '>' in the last column (start of example) */ | |
6319 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); | |
6320 line[len - 1] = ' '; | |
6321 in_example = TRUE; | |
6322 } | |
6323 else if (line[len - 1] == '~') | |
6324 { | |
6325 /* blank-out a '~' at the end of line (header marker) */ | |
6326 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); | |
6327 line[len - 1] = ' '; | |
6328 } | |
6329 } | |
6330 } | |
6331 } | |
6332 | |
6333 /* | |
3141 | 6334 * In the "help.txt" and "help.abx" file, add the locally added help |
6335 * files. This uses the very first line in the help file. | |
7 | 6336 */ |
3141 | 6337 fname = gettail(curbuf->b_fname); |
6338 if (fnamecmp(fname, "help.txt") == 0 | |
6339 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
6340 || (fnamencmp(fname, "help.", 5) == 0 | |
6341 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[5]) | |
6342 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[6]) | |
6343 && TOLOWER_ASC(fname[7]) == 'x' | |
6344 && fname[8] == NUL) | |
6345 #endif | |
6346 ) | |
7 | 6347 { |
6348 for (lnum = 1; lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) | |
6349 { | |
6350 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); | |
3141 | 6351 if (strstr((char *)line, "*local-additions*") == NULL) |
6352 continue; | |
6353 | |
6354 /* Go through all directories in 'runtimepath', skipping | |
6355 * $VIMRUNTIME. */ | |
6356 p = p_rtp; | |
6357 while (*p != NUL) | |
7 | 6358 { |
3141 | 6359 copy_option_part(&p, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, ","); |
6360 mustfree = FALSE; | |
6361 rt = vim_getenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", &mustfree); | |
6362 if (fullpathcmp(rt, NameBuff, FALSE) != FPC_SAME) | |
7 | 6363 { |
3141 | 6364 int fcount; |
6365 char_u **fnames; | |
6366 FILE *fd; | |
6367 char_u *s; | |
6368 int fi; | |
7 | 6369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3141 | 6370 vimconv_T vc; |
6371 char_u *cp; | |
6372 #endif | |
6373 | |
6374 /* Find all "doc/ *.txt" files in this directory. */ | |
6375 add_pathsep(NameBuff); | |
6376 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
6377 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.??[tx]"); | |
7 | 6378 #else |
3141 | 6379 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.txt"); |
6380 #endif | |
6381 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &fcount, | |
6382 &fnames, EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == OK | |
6383 && fcount > 0) | |
6384 { | |
6385 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
6386 int i1; | |
6387 int i2; | |
6388 char_u *f1; | |
6389 char_u *f2; | |
6390 char_u *t1; | |
6391 char_u *e1; | |
6392 char_u *e2; | |
6393 | |
6394 /* If foo.abx is found use it instead of foo.txt in | |
6395 * the same directory. */ | |
6396 for (i1 = 0; i1 < fcount; ++i1) | |
6397 { | |
6398 for (i2 = 0; i2 < fcount; ++i2) | |
6399 { | |
6400 if (i1 == i2) | |
6401 continue; | |
6402 if (fnames[i1] == NULL || fnames[i2] == NULL) | |
6403 continue; | |
6404 f1 = fnames[i1]; | |
6405 f2 = fnames[i2]; | |
6406 t1 = gettail(f1); | |
6407 if (fnamencmp(f1, f2, t1 - f1) != 0) | |
6408 continue; | |
6409 e1 = vim_strrchr(t1, '.'); | |
6410 e2 = vim_strrchr(gettail(f2), '.'); | |
6411 if (e1 == NUL || e2 == NUL) | |
6412 continue; | |
6413 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") != 0 | |
6414 && fnamecmp(e1, fname + 4) != 0) | |
6415 { | |
6416 /* Not .txt and not .abx, remove it. */ | |
6417 vim_free(fnames[i1]); | |
6418 fnames[i1] = NULL; | |
6419 continue; | |
6420 } | |
6421 if (fnamencmp(f1, f2, e1 - f1) != 0) | |
6422 continue; | |
6423 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") == 0 | |
6424 && fnamecmp(e2, fname + 4) == 0) | |
6425 { | |
6426 /* use .abx instead of .txt */ | |
6427 vim_free(fnames[i1]); | |
6428 fnames[i1] = NULL; | |
7 | 6429 } |
6430 } | |
6431 } | |
3141 | 6432 #endif |
6433 for (fi = 0; fi < fcount; ++fi) | |
6434 { | |
6435 if (fnames[fi] == NULL) | |
6436 continue; | |
6437 fd = mch_fopen((char *)fnames[fi], "r"); | |
6438 if (fd != NULL) | |
6439 { | |
6440 vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd); | |
6441 if (IObuff[0] == '*' | |
6442 && (s = vim_strchr(IObuff + 1, '*')) | |
6443 != NULL) | |
6444 { | |
6445 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6446 int this_utf = MAYBE; | |
6447 #endif | |
6448 /* Change tag definition to a | |
6449 * reference and remove <CR>/<NL>. */ | |
6450 IObuff[0] = '|'; | |
6451 *s = '|'; | |
6452 while (*s != NUL) | |
6453 { | |
6454 if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n') | |
6455 *s = NUL; | |
6456 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6457 /* The text is utf-8 when a byte | |
6458 * above 127 is found and no | |
6459 * illegal byte sequence is found. | |
6460 */ | |
6461 if (*s >= 0x80 && this_utf != FALSE) | |
6462 { | |
6463 int l; | |
6464 | |
6465 this_utf = TRUE; | |
6466 l = utf_ptr2len(s); | |
6467 if (l == 1) | |
6468 this_utf = FALSE; | |
6469 s += l - 1; | |
6470 } | |
6471 #endif | |
6472 ++s; | |
6473 } | |
6474 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6475 /* The help file is latin1 or utf-8; | |
6476 * conversion to the current | |
6477 * 'encoding' may be required. */ | |
6478 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
6479 convert_setup(&vc, (char_u *)( | |
6480 this_utf == TRUE ? "utf-8" | |
6481 : "latin1"), p_enc); | |
6482 if (vc.vc_type == CONV_NONE) | |
6483 /* No conversion needed. */ | |
6484 cp = IObuff; | |
6485 else | |
6486 { | |
6487 /* Do the conversion. If it fails | |
6488 * use the unconverted text. */ | |
6489 cp = string_convert(&vc, IObuff, | |
6490 NULL); | |
6491 if (cp == NULL) | |
6492 cp = IObuff; | |
6493 } | |
6494 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); | |
6495 | |
6496 ml_append(lnum, cp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
6497 if (cp != IObuff) | |
6498 vim_free(cp); | |
6499 #else | |
6500 ml_append(lnum, IObuff, (colnr_T)0, | |
6501 FALSE); | |
6502 #endif | |
6503 ++lnum; | |
6504 } | |
6505 fclose(fd); | |
6506 } | |
6507 } | |
6508 FreeWild(fcount, fnames); | |
7 | 6509 } |
6510 } | |
3141 | 6511 if (mustfree) |
6512 vim_free(rt); | |
7 | 6513 } |
3141 | 6514 break; |
7 | 6515 } |
6516 } | |
6517 } | |
6518 | |
40 | 6519 /* |
6520 * ":exusage" | |
6521 */ | |
6522 void | |
6523 ex_exusage(eap) | |
1876 | 6524 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; |
40 | 6525 { |
6526 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help ex-cmd-index"); | |
6527 } | |
6528 | |
6529 /* | |
6530 * ":viusage" | |
6531 */ | |
6532 void | |
6533 ex_viusage(eap) | |
1876 | 6534 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; |
40 | 6535 { |
6536 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help normal-index"); | |
6537 } | |
6538 | |
7 | 6539 #if defined(FEAT_EX_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) |
1502 | 6540 static void helptags_one __ARGS((char_u *dir, char_u *ext, char_u *lang, int add_help_tags)); |
7 | 6541 |
6542 /* | |
6543 * ":helptags" | |
6544 */ | |
6545 void | |
6546 ex_helptags(eap) | |
6547 exarg_T *eap; | |
6548 { | |
6549 garray_T ga; | |
6550 int i, j; | |
6551 int len; | |
9 | 6552 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG |
7 | 6553 char_u lang[2]; |
9 | 6554 #endif |
1507 | 6555 expand_T xpc; |
6556 char_u *dirname; | |
7 | 6557 char_u ext[5]; |
6558 char_u fname[8]; | |
6559 int filecount; | |
6560 char_u **files; | |
1502 | 6561 int add_help_tags = FALSE; |
6562 | |
6563 /* Check for ":helptags ++t {dir}". */ | |
6564 if (STRNCMP(eap->arg, "++t", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(eap->arg[3])) | |
6565 { | |
6566 add_help_tags = TRUE; | |
6567 eap->arg = skipwhite(eap->arg + 3); | |
6568 } | |
7 | 6569 |
1507 | 6570 ExpandInit(&xpc); |
6571 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_DIRECTORIES; | |
6572 dirname = ExpandOne(&xpc, eap->arg, NULL, | |
6573 WILD_LIST_NOTFOUND|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
6574 if (dirname == NULL || !mch_isdir(dirname)) | |
7 | 6575 { |
6576 EMSG2(_("E150: Not a directory: %s"), eap->arg); | |
6577 return; | |
6578 } | |
6579 | |
6580 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
3957 | 6581 /* Get a list of all files in the help directory and in subdirectories. */ |
1507 | 6582 STRCPY(NameBuff, dirname); |
7 | 6583 add_pathsep(NameBuff); |
3957 | 6584 STRCAT(NameBuff, "**"); |
7 | 6585 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, |
6586 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL | |
6587 || filecount == 0) | |
6588 { | |
6589 EMSG2("E151: No match: %s", NameBuff); | |
1507 | 6590 vim_free(dirname); |
7 | 6591 return; |
6592 } | |
6593 | |
6594 /* Go over all files in the directory to find out what languages are | |
6595 * present. */ | |
6596 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 10); | |
6597 for (i = 0; i < filecount; ++i) | |
6598 { | |
835 | 6599 len = (int)STRLEN(files[i]); |
7 | 6600 if (len > 4) |
6601 { | |
6602 if (STRICMP(files[i] + len - 4, ".txt") == 0) | |
6603 { | |
6604 /* ".txt" -> language "en" */ | |
6605 lang[0] = 'e'; | |
6606 lang[1] = 'n'; | |
6607 } | |
6608 else if (files[i][len - 4] == '.' | |
6609 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 3]) | |
6610 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 2]) | |
6611 && TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 1]) == 'x') | |
6612 { | |
6613 /* ".abx" -> language "ab" */ | |
6614 lang[0] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 3]); | |
6615 lang[1] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 2]); | |
6616 } | |
6617 else | |
6618 continue; | |
6619 | |
6620 /* Did we find this language already? */ | |
6621 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) | |
6622 if (STRNCMP(lang, ((char_u *)ga.ga_data) + j, 2) == 0) | |
6623 break; | |
6624 if (j == ga.ga_len) | |
6625 { | |
6626 /* New language, add it. */ | |
6627 if (ga_grow(&ga, 2) == FAIL) | |
6628 break; | |
6629 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[0]; | |
6630 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[1]; | |
6631 } | |
6632 } | |
6633 } | |
6634 | |
6635 /* | |
6636 * Loop over the found languages to generate a tags file for each one. | |
6637 */ | |
6638 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) | |
6639 { | |
6640 STRCPY(fname, "tags-xx"); | |
6641 fname[5] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j]; | |
6642 fname[6] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j + 1]; | |
6643 if (fname[5] == 'e' && fname[6] == 'n') | |
6644 { | |
6645 /* English is an exception: use ".txt" and "tags". */ | |
6646 fname[4] = NUL; | |
6647 STRCPY(ext, ".txt"); | |
6648 } | |
6649 else | |
6650 { | |
6651 /* Language "ab" uses ".abx" and "tags-ab". */ | |
6652 STRCPY(ext, ".xxx"); | |
6653 ext[1] = fname[5]; | |
6654 ext[2] = fname[6]; | |
6655 } | |
1507 | 6656 helptags_one(dirname, ext, fname, add_help_tags); |
7 | 6657 } |
6658 | |
6659 ga_clear(&ga); | |
6660 FreeWild(filecount, files); | |
6661 | |
6662 #else | |
6663 /* No language support, just use "*.txt" and "tags". */ | |
1507 | 6664 helptags_one(dirname, (char_u *)".txt", (char_u *)"tags", add_help_tags); |
6665 #endif | |
6666 vim_free(dirname); | |
7 | 6667 } |
6668 | |
6669 static void | |
1502 | 6670 helptags_one(dir, ext, tagfname, add_help_tags) |
6671 char_u *dir; /* doc directory */ | |
6672 char_u *ext; /* suffix, ".txt", ".itx", ".frx", etc. */ | |
3957 | 6673 char_u *tagfname; /* "tags" for English, "tags-fr" for French. */ |
6674 int add_help_tags; /* add "help-tags" tag */ | |
7 | 6675 { |
6676 FILE *fd_tags; | |
6677 FILE *fd; | |
6678 garray_T ga; | |
6679 int filecount; | |
6680 char_u **files; | |
6681 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
6682 int fi; | |
6683 char_u *s; | |
6684 int i; | |
6685 char_u *fname; | |
3957 | 6686 int dirlen; |
7 | 6687 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
6688 int utf8 = MAYBE; | |
6689 int this_utf8; | |
6690 int firstline; | |
6691 int mix = FALSE; /* detected mixed encodings */ | |
6692 # endif | |
6693 | |
6694 /* | |
6695 * Find all *.txt files. | |
6696 */ | |
3978 | 6697 dirlen = (int)STRLEN(dir); |
7 | 6698 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); |
3957 | 6699 STRCAT(NameBuff, "/**/*"); |
7 | 6700 STRCAT(NameBuff, ext); |
6701 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, | |
6702 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL | |
6703 || filecount == 0) | |
6704 { | |
6705 if (!got_int) | |
6706 EMSG2("E151: No match: %s", NameBuff); | |
6707 return; | |
6708 } | |
6709 | |
6710 /* | |
6711 * Open the tags file for writing. | |
6712 * Do this before scanning through all the files. | |
6713 */ | |
6714 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); | |
6715 add_pathsep(NameBuff); | |
6716 STRCAT(NameBuff, tagfname); | |
531 | 6717 fd_tags = mch_fopen((char *)NameBuff, "w"); |
7 | 6718 if (fd_tags == NULL) |
6719 { | |
6720 EMSG2(_("E152: Cannot open %s for writing"), NameBuff); | |
6721 FreeWild(filecount, files); | |
6722 return; | |
6723 } | |
6724 | |
6725 /* | |
1502 | 6726 * If using the "++t" argument or generating tags for "$VIMRUNTIME/doc" |
6727 * add the "help-tags" tag. | |
7 | 6728 */ |
6729 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100); | |
1502 | 6730 if (add_help_tags || fullpathcmp((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/doc", |
6731 dir, FALSE) == FPC_SAME) | |
7 | 6732 { |
6733 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) | |
6734 got_int = TRUE; | |
6735 else | |
6736 { | |
835 | 6737 s = alloc(18 + (unsigned)STRLEN(tagfname)); |
7 | 6738 if (s == NULL) |
6739 got_int = TRUE; | |
6740 else | |
6741 { | |
6742 sprintf((char *)s, "help-tags\t%s\t1\n", tagfname); | |
6743 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; | |
6744 ++ga.ga_len; | |
6745 } | |
6746 } | |
6747 } | |
6748 | |
6749 /* | |
6750 * Go over all the files and extract the tags. | |
6751 */ | |
6752 for (fi = 0; fi < filecount && !got_int; ++fi) | |
6753 { | |
531 | 6754 fd = mch_fopen((char *)files[fi], "r"); |
7 | 6755 if (fd == NULL) |
6756 { | |
6757 EMSG2(_("E153: Unable to open %s for reading"), files[fi]); | |
6758 continue; | |
6759 } | |
3957 | 6760 fname = files[fi] + dirlen + 1; |
7 | 6761 |
6762 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6763 firstline = TRUE; | |
6764 # endif | |
6765 while (!vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd) && !got_int) | |
6766 { | |
6767 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6768 if (firstline) | |
6769 { | |
6770 /* Detect utf-8 file by a non-ASCII char in the first line. */ | |
6771 this_utf8 = MAYBE; | |
6772 for (s = IObuff; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
6773 if (*s >= 0x80) | |
6774 { | |
6775 int l; | |
6776 | |
6777 this_utf8 = TRUE; | |
474 | 6778 l = utf_ptr2len(s); |
7 | 6779 if (l == 1) |
6780 { | |
6781 /* Illegal UTF-8 byte sequence. */ | |
6782 this_utf8 = FALSE; | |
6783 break; | |
6784 } | |
6785 s += l - 1; | |
6786 } | |
6787 if (this_utf8 == MAYBE) /* only ASCII characters found */ | |
6788 this_utf8 = FALSE; | |
6789 if (utf8 == MAYBE) /* first file */ | |
6790 utf8 = this_utf8; | |
6791 else if (utf8 != this_utf8) | |
6792 { | |
6793 EMSG2(_("E670: Mix of help file encodings within a language: %s"), files[fi]); | |
6794 mix = !got_int; | |
6795 got_int = TRUE; | |
6796 } | |
6797 firstline = FALSE; | |
6798 } | |
6799 # endif | |
6800 p1 = vim_strchr(IObuff, '*'); /* find first '*' */ | |
6801 while (p1 != NULL) | |
6802 { | |
3514 | 6803 /* Use vim_strbyte() instead of vim_strchr() so that when |
6804 * 'encoding' is dbcs it still works, don't find '*' in the | |
6805 * second byte. */ | |
6806 p2 = vim_strbyte(p1 + 1, '*'); /* find second '*' */ | |
7 | 6807 if (p2 != NULL && p2 > p1 + 1) /* skip "*" and "**" */ |
6808 { | |
6809 for (s = p1 + 1; s < p2; ++s) | |
6810 if (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '|') | |
6811 break; | |
6812 | |
6813 /* | |
6814 * Only accept a *tag* when it consists of valid | |
6815 * characters, there is white space before it and is | |
6816 * followed by a white character or end-of-line. | |
6817 */ | |
6818 if (s == p2 | |
6819 && (p1 == IObuff || p1[-1] == ' ' || p1[-1] == '\t') | |
6820 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)" \t\n\r", s[1]) != NULL | |
6821 || s[1] == '\0')) | |
6822 { | |
6823 *p2 = '\0'; | |
6824 ++p1; | |
6825 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) | |
6826 { | |
6827 got_int = TRUE; | |
6828 break; | |
6829 } | |
6830 s = alloc((unsigned)(p2 - p1 + STRLEN(fname) + 2)); | |
6831 if (s == NULL) | |
6832 { | |
6833 got_int = TRUE; | |
6834 break; | |
6835 } | |
6836 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; | |
6837 ++ga.ga_len; | |
6838 sprintf((char *)s, "%s\t%s", p1, fname); | |
6839 | |
6840 /* find next '*' */ | |
6841 p2 = vim_strchr(p2 + 1, '*'); | |
6842 } | |
6843 } | |
6844 p1 = p2; | |
6845 } | |
6846 line_breakcheck(); | |
6847 } | |
6848 | |
6849 fclose(fd); | |
6850 } | |
6851 | |
6852 FreeWild(filecount, files); | |
6853 | |
6854 if (!got_int) | |
6855 { | |
6856 /* | |
6857 * Sort the tags. | |
6858 */ | |
7009 | 6859 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) |
6860 sort_strings((char_u **)ga.ga_data, ga.ga_len); | |
7 | 6861 |
6862 /* | |
6863 * Check for duplicates. | |
6864 */ | |
6865 for (i = 1; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) | |
6866 { | |
6867 p1 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i - 1]; | |
6868 p2 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; | |
6869 while (*p1 == *p2) | |
6870 { | |
6871 if (*p2 == '\t') | |
6872 { | |
6873 *p2 = NUL; | |
274 | 6874 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, |
7 | 6875 _("E154: Duplicate tag \"%s\" in file %s/%s"), |
6876 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i], dir, p2 + 1); | |
6877 EMSG(NameBuff); | |
6878 *p2 = '\t'; | |
6879 break; | |
6880 } | |
6881 ++p1; | |
6882 ++p2; | |
6883 } | |
6884 } | |
6885 | |
6886 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6887 if (utf8 == TRUE) | |
6888 fprintf(fd_tags, "!_TAG_FILE_ENCODING\tutf-8\t//\n"); | |
6889 # endif | |
6890 | |
6891 /* | |
6892 * Write the tags into the file. | |
6893 */ | |
6894 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) | |
6895 { | |
6896 s = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; | |
1325 | 6897 if (STRNCMP(s, "help-tags\t", 10) == 0) |
7 | 6898 /* help-tags entry was added in formatted form */ |
1325 | 6899 fputs((char *)s, fd_tags); |
7 | 6900 else |
6901 { | |
6902 fprintf(fd_tags, "%s\t/*", s); | |
6903 for (p1 = s; *p1 != '\t'; ++p1) | |
6904 { | |
6905 /* insert backslash before '\\' and '/' */ | |
6906 if (*p1 == '\\' || *p1 == '/') | |
6907 putc('\\', fd_tags); | |
6908 putc(*p1, fd_tags); | |
6909 } | |
6910 fprintf(fd_tags, "*\n"); | |
6911 } | |
6912 } | |
6913 } | |
6914 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6915 if (mix) | |
6916 got_int = FALSE; /* continue with other languages */ | |
6917 #endif | |
6918 | |
6919 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) | |
6920 vim_free(((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]); | |
6921 ga_clear(&ga); | |
6922 fclose(fd_tags); /* there is no check for an error... */ | |
6923 } | |
6924 #endif | |
6925 | |
6926 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
6927 | |
6928 /* | |
6929 * Struct to hold the sign properties. | |
6930 */ | |
6931 typedef struct sign sign_T; | |
6932 | |
6933 struct sign | |
6934 { | |
6935 sign_T *sn_next; /* next sign in list */ | |
2606 | 6936 int sn_typenr; /* type number of sign */ |
7 | 6937 char_u *sn_name; /* name of sign */ |
6938 char_u *sn_icon; /* name of pixmap */ | |
6939 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
6940 void *sn_image; /* icon image */ | |
6941 #endif | |
6942 char_u *sn_text; /* text used instead of pixmap */ | |
6943 int sn_line_hl; /* highlight ID for line */ | |
6944 int sn_text_hl; /* highlight ID for text */ | |
6945 }; | |
6946 | |
6947 static sign_T *first_sign = NULL; | |
2605 | 6948 static int next_sign_typenr = 1; |
7 | 6949 |
1874 | 6950 static int sign_cmd_idx __ARGS((char_u *begin_cmd, char_u *end_cmd)); |
7 | 6951 static void sign_list_defined __ARGS((sign_T *sp)); |
1828 | 6952 static void sign_undefine __ARGS((sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev)); |
7 | 6953 |
1868 | 6954 static char *cmds[] = { |
6955 "define", | |
6956 #define SIGNCMD_DEFINE 0 | |
6957 "undefine", | |
6958 #define SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE 1 | |
6959 "list", | |
6960 #define SIGNCMD_LIST 2 | |
6961 "place", | |
6962 #define SIGNCMD_PLACE 3 | |
6963 "unplace", | |
6964 #define SIGNCMD_UNPLACE 4 | |
6965 "jump", | |
6966 #define SIGNCMD_JUMP 5 | |
6967 NULL | |
6968 #define SIGNCMD_LAST 6 | |
6969 }; | |
6970 | |
6971 /* | |
6972 * Find index of a ":sign" subcmd from its name. | |
6973 * "*end_cmd" must be writable. | |
6974 */ | |
6975 static int | |
6976 sign_cmd_idx(begin_cmd, end_cmd) | |
1874 | 6977 char_u *begin_cmd; /* begin of sign subcmd */ |
6978 char_u *end_cmd; /* just after sign subcmd */ | |
1868 | 6979 { |
6980 int idx; | |
6981 char save = *end_cmd; | |
6982 | |
6983 *end_cmd = NUL; | |
6984 for (idx = 0; ; ++idx) | |
6985 if (cmds[idx] == NULL || STRCMP(begin_cmd, cmds[idx]) == 0) | |
6986 break; | |
6987 *end_cmd = save; | |
6988 return idx; | |
6989 } | |
6990 | |
7 | 6991 /* |
6992 * ":sign" command | |
6993 */ | |
6994 void | |
6995 ex_sign(eap) | |
6996 exarg_T *eap; | |
6997 { | |
6998 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
6999 char_u *p; | |
7000 int idx; | |
7001 sign_T *sp; | |
7002 sign_T *sp_prev; | |
7003 buf_T *buf; | |
7004 | |
7005 /* Parse the subcommand. */ | |
7006 p = skiptowhite(arg); | |
1868 | 7007 idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, p); |
7008 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LAST) | |
7009 { | |
7010 EMSG2(_("E160: Unknown sign command: %s"), arg); | |
7011 return; | |
7 | 7012 } |
7013 arg = skipwhite(p); | |
7014 | |
7015 if (idx <= SIGNCMD_LIST) | |
7016 { | |
7017 /* | |
7018 * Define, undefine or list signs. | |
7019 */ | |
7020 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST && *arg == NUL) | |
7021 { | |
7022 /* ":sign list": list all defined signs */ | |
3411 | 7023 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL && !got_int; sp = sp->sn_next) |
7 | 7024 sign_list_defined(sp); |
7025 } | |
7026 else if (*arg == NUL) | |
7027 EMSG(_("E156: Missing sign name")); | |
7028 else | |
7029 { | |
2605 | 7030 /* Isolate the sign name. If it's a number skip leading zeroes, |
7031 * so that "099" and "99" are the same sign. But keep "0". */ | |
7 | 7032 p = skiptowhite(arg); |
7033 if (*p != NUL) | |
7034 *p++ = NUL; | |
2605 | 7035 while (arg[0] == '0' && arg[1] != NUL) |
7036 ++arg; | |
7037 | |
7 | 7038 sp_prev = NULL; |
7039 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7040 { | |
7041 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, arg) == 0) | |
7042 break; | |
7043 sp_prev = sp; | |
7044 } | |
7045 if (idx == SIGNCMD_DEFINE) | |
7046 { | |
7047 /* ":sign define {name} ...": define a sign */ | |
7048 if (sp == NULL) | |
7049 { | |
2605 | 7050 sign_T *lp; |
7051 int start = next_sign_typenr; | |
7052 | |
7 | 7053 /* Allocate a new sign. */ |
7054 sp = (sign_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(sign_T)); | |
7055 if (sp == NULL) | |
7056 return; | |
7057 | |
2605 | 7058 /* Check that next_sign_typenr is not already being used. |
7059 * This only happens after wrapping around. Hopefully | |
7060 * another one got deleted and we can use its number. */ | |
7061 for (lp = first_sign; lp != NULL; ) | |
7 | 7062 { |
2605 | 7063 if (lp->sn_typenr == next_sign_typenr) |
7 | 7064 { |
2605 | 7065 ++next_sign_typenr; |
7066 if (next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) | |
7067 next_sign_typenr = 1; | |
7068 if (next_sign_typenr == start) | |
7 | 7069 { |
2605 | 7070 vim_free(sp); |
7071 EMSG(_("E612: Too many signs defined")); | |
7072 return; | |
7 | 7073 } |
2605 | 7074 lp = first_sign; /* start all over */ |
7075 continue; | |
7 | 7076 } |
2605 | 7077 lp = lp->sn_next; |
7078 } | |
7079 | |
7080 sp->sn_typenr = next_sign_typenr; | |
7081 if (++next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) | |
7082 next_sign_typenr = 1; /* wrap around */ | |
7083 | |
7084 sp->sn_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
7085 if (sp->sn_name == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
7086 { | |
7087 vim_free(sp); | |
7088 return; | |
7 | 7089 } |
2601 | 7090 |
7091 /* add the new sign to the list of signs */ | |
7092 if (sp_prev == NULL) | |
7093 first_sign = sp; | |
7094 else | |
7095 sp_prev->sn_next = sp; | |
7 | 7096 } |
7097 | |
7098 /* set values for a defined sign. */ | |
7099 for (;;) | |
7100 { | |
7101 arg = skipwhite(p); | |
7102 if (*arg == NUL) | |
7103 break; | |
7104 p = skiptowhite_esc(arg); | |
7105 if (STRNCMP(arg, "icon=", 5) == 0) | |
7106 { | |
7107 arg += 5; | |
7108 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); | |
7109 sp->sn_icon = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(p - arg)); | |
7110 backslash_halve(sp->sn_icon); | |
7111 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
7112 if (gui.in_use) | |
7113 { | |
7114 out_flush(); | |
7115 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) | |
7116 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); | |
7117 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); | |
7118 } | |
7119 #endif | |
7120 } | |
7121 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "text=", 5) == 0) | |
7122 { | |
7123 char_u *s; | |
7124 int cells; | |
7125 int len; | |
7126 | |
7127 arg += 5; | |
7128 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7129 /* Count cells and check for non-printable chars */ | |
7130 if (has_mbyte) | |
7131 { | |
7132 cells = 0; | |
474 | 7133 for (s = arg; s < p; s += (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) |
7 | 7134 { |
7135 if (!vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(s))) | |
7136 break; | |
7137 cells += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s); | |
7138 } | |
7139 } | |
7140 else | |
7141 #endif | |
7142 { | |
7143 for (s = arg; s < p; ++s) | |
7144 if (!vim_isprintc(*s)) | |
7145 break; | |
835 | 7146 cells = (int)(s - arg); |
7 | 7147 } |
7148 /* Currently must be one or two display cells */ | |
7149 if (s != p || cells < 1 || cells > 2) | |
7150 { | |
7151 *p = NUL; | |
7152 EMSG2(_("E239: Invalid sign text: %s"), arg); | |
7153 return; | |
7154 } | |
7155 | |
7156 vim_free(sp->sn_text); | |
7157 /* Allocate one byte more if we need to pad up | |
7158 * with a space. */ | |
835 | 7159 len = (int)(p - arg + ((cells == 1) ? 1 : 0)); |
7 | 7160 sp->sn_text = vim_strnsave(arg, len); |
7161 | |
7162 if (sp->sn_text != NULL && cells == 1) | |
7163 STRCPY(sp->sn_text + len - 1, " "); | |
7164 } | |
7165 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "linehl=", 7) == 0) | |
7166 { | |
7167 arg += 7; | |
7168 sp->sn_line_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); | |
7169 } | |
7170 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "texthl=", 7) == 0) | |
7171 { | |
7172 arg += 7; | |
7173 sp->sn_text_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); | |
7174 } | |
7175 else | |
7176 { | |
7177 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); | |
7178 return; | |
7179 } | |
7180 } | |
7181 } | |
7182 else if (sp == NULL) | |
7183 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), arg); | |
7184 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST) | |
7185 /* ":sign list {name}" */ | |
7186 sign_list_defined(sp); | |
7187 else | |
7188 /* ":sign undefine {name}" */ | |
1828 | 7189 sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev); |
7 | 7190 } |
7191 } | |
7192 else | |
7193 { | |
7194 int id = -1; | |
7195 linenr_T lnum = -1; | |
7196 char_u *sign_name = NULL; | |
7197 char_u *arg1; | |
7198 | |
7199 if (*arg == NUL) | |
7200 { | |
7201 if (idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE) | |
7202 { | |
7203 /* ":sign place": list placed signs in all buffers */ | |
7204 sign_list_placed(NULL); | |
7205 } | |
7206 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) | |
7207 { | |
7208 /* ":sign unplace": remove placed sign at cursor */ | |
7209 id = buf_findsign_id(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
7210 if (id > 0) | |
7211 { | |
7212 buf_delsign(curwin->w_buffer, id); | |
7213 update_debug_sign(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
7214 } | |
7215 else | |
7216 EMSG(_("E159: Missing sign number")); | |
7217 } | |
7218 else | |
7219 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); | |
7220 return; | |
7221 } | |
7222 | |
7223 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && arg[0] == '*' && arg[1] == NUL) | |
7224 { | |
7225 /* ":sign unplace *": remove all placed signs */ | |
7226 buf_delete_all_signs(); | |
7227 return; | |
7228 } | |
7229 | |
7230 /* first arg could be placed sign id */ | |
7231 arg1 = arg; | |
7232 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg)) | |
7233 { | |
7234 id = getdigits(&arg); | |
7235 if (!vim_iswhite(*arg) && *arg != NUL) | |
7236 { | |
7237 id = -1; | |
7238 arg = arg1; | |
7239 } | |
7240 else | |
7241 { | |
7242 arg = skipwhite(arg); | |
7243 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && *arg == NUL) | |
7244 { | |
7245 /* ":sign unplace {id}": remove placed sign by number */ | |
7246 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
7247 if ((lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id)) != 0) | |
7248 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); | |
7249 return; | |
7250 } | |
7251 } | |
7252 } | |
7253 | |
7254 /* | |
7255 * Check for line={lnum} name={name} and file={fname} or buffer={nr}. | |
7256 * Leave "arg" pointing to {fname}. | |
7257 */ | |
7258 for (;;) | |
7259 { | |
7260 if (STRNCMP(arg, "line=", 5) == 0) | |
7261 { | |
7262 arg += 5; | |
7263 lnum = atoi((char *)arg); | |
7264 arg = skiptowhite(arg); | |
7265 } | |
3672 | 7266 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "*", 1) == 0 && idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) |
7267 { | |
7268 if (id != -1) | |
7269 { | |
7270 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7271 return; | |
7272 } | |
7273 id = -2; | |
7274 arg = skiptowhite(arg + 1); | |
7275 } | |
7 | 7276 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "name=", 5) == 0) |
7277 { | |
7278 arg += 5; | |
7279 sign_name = arg; | |
7280 arg = skiptowhite(arg); | |
7281 if (*arg != NUL) | |
7282 *arg++ = NUL; | |
2605 | 7283 while (sign_name[0] == '0' && sign_name[1] != NUL) |
7284 ++sign_name; | |
7 | 7285 } |
7286 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "file=", 5) == 0) | |
7287 { | |
7288 arg += 5; | |
7289 buf = buflist_findname(arg); | |
7290 break; | |
7291 } | |
7292 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "buffer=", 7) == 0) | |
7293 { | |
7294 arg += 7; | |
7295 buf = buflist_findnr((int)getdigits(&arg)); | |
7296 if (*skipwhite(arg) != NUL) | |
7297 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); | |
7298 break; | |
7299 } | |
7300 else | |
7301 { | |
7302 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7303 return; | |
7304 } | |
7305 arg = skipwhite(arg); | |
7306 } | |
7307 | |
7308 if (buf == NULL) | |
7309 { | |
7310 EMSG2(_("E158: Invalid buffer name: %s"), arg); | |
7311 } | |
3672 | 7312 else if (id <= 0 && !(idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && id == -2)) |
7 | 7313 { |
7314 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) | |
7315 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7316 else | |
7317 /* ":sign place file={fname}": list placed signs in one file */ | |
7318 sign_list_placed(buf); | |
7319 } | |
7320 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_JUMP) | |
7321 { | |
7322 /* ":sign jump {id} file={fname}" */ | |
7323 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) | |
7324 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7325 else if ((lnum = buf_findsign(buf, id)) > 0) | |
7326 { /* goto a sign ... */ | |
7327 if (buf_jump_open_win(buf) != NULL) | |
7328 { /* ... in a current window */ | |
7329 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
7330 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
7331 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
7332 } | |
7333 else | |
7334 { /* ... not currently in a window */ | |
7335 char_u *cmd; | |
7336 | |
7337 cmd = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(buf->b_fname) + 25); | |
7338 if (cmd == NULL) | |
7339 return; | |
7340 sprintf((char *)cmd, "e +%ld %s", (long)lnum, buf->b_fname); | |
7341 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); | |
7342 vim_free(cmd); | |
7343 } | |
7344 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
7345 foldOpenCursor(); | |
7346 #endif | |
7347 } | |
7348 else | |
7349 EMSGN(_("E157: Invalid sign ID: %ld"), id); | |
7350 } | |
7351 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) | |
7352 { | |
7353 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) | |
7354 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
3672 | 7355 else if (id == -2) |
7356 { | |
7357 /* ":sign unplace * file={fname}" */ | |
7358 redraw_buf_later(buf, NOT_VALID); | |
7359 buf_delete_signs(buf); | |
7360 } | |
7 | 7361 else |
7362 { | |
3672 | 7363 /* ":sign unplace {id} file={fname}" */ |
7 | 7364 lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id); |
7365 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); | |
7366 } | |
7367 } | |
7368 /* idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE */ | |
7369 else if (sign_name != NULL) | |
7370 { | |
7371 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7372 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, sign_name) == 0) | |
7373 break; | |
7374 if (sp == NULL) | |
7375 { | |
7376 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), sign_name); | |
7377 return; | |
7378 } | |
7379 if (lnum > 0) | |
7380 /* ":sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} file={fname}": | |
7381 * place a sign */ | |
7382 buf_addsign(buf, id, lnum, sp->sn_typenr); | |
7383 else | |
7384 /* ":sign place {id} file={fname}": change sign type */ | |
7385 lnum = buf_change_sign_type(buf, id, sp->sn_typenr); | |
5865 | 7386 if (lnum > 0) |
7387 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); | |
7388 else | |
7389 EMSG2(_("E885: Not possible to change sign %s"), sign_name); | |
7 | 7390 } |
7391 else | |
7392 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7393 } | |
7394 } | |
7395 | |
7396 #if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) | |
7397 /* | |
7398 * Allocate the icons. Called when the GUI has started. Allows defining | |
7399 * signs before it starts. | |
7400 */ | |
7401 void | |
7402 sign_gui_started() | |
7403 { | |
7404 sign_T *sp; | |
7405 | |
7406 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7407 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) | |
7408 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); | |
7409 } | |
7410 #endif | |
7411 | |
7412 /* | |
7413 * List one sign. | |
7414 */ | |
7415 static void | |
7416 sign_list_defined(sp) | |
7417 sign_T *sp; | |
7418 { | |
7419 char_u *p; | |
7420 | |
274 | 7421 smsg((char_u *)"sign %s", sp->sn_name); |
7 | 7422 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) |
7423 { | |
7424 MSG_PUTS(" icon="); | |
7425 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_icon); | |
7426 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
7427 if (sp->sn_image == NULL) | |
7428 MSG_PUTS(_(" (NOT FOUND)")); | |
7429 #else | |
7430 MSG_PUTS(_(" (not supported)")); | |
7431 #endif | |
7432 } | |
7433 if (sp->sn_text != NULL) | |
7434 { | |
7435 MSG_PUTS(" text="); | |
7436 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_text); | |
7437 } | |
7438 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) | |
7439 { | |
7440 MSG_PUTS(" linehl="); | |
7441 p = get_highlight_name(NULL, sp->sn_line_hl - 1); | |
7442 if (p == NULL) | |
7443 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); | |
7444 else | |
7445 msg_puts(p); | |
7446 } | |
7447 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) | |
7448 { | |
7449 MSG_PUTS(" texthl="); | |
7450 p = get_highlight_name(NULL, sp->sn_text_hl - 1); | |
7451 if (p == NULL) | |
7452 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); | |
7453 else | |
7454 msg_puts(p); | |
7455 } | |
7456 } | |
7457 | |
7458 /* | |
1828 | 7459 * Undefine a sign and free its memory. |
7460 */ | |
7461 static void | |
7462 sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev) | |
7463 sign_T *sp; | |
7464 sign_T *sp_prev; | |
7465 { | |
7466 vim_free(sp->sn_name); | |
7467 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); | |
7468 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
7469 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) | |
7470 { | |
7471 out_flush(); | |
7472 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); | |
7473 } | |
7474 #endif | |
7475 vim_free(sp->sn_text); | |
7476 if (sp_prev == NULL) | |
7477 first_sign = sp->sn_next; | |
7478 else | |
7479 sp_prev->sn_next = sp->sn_next; | |
7480 vim_free(sp); | |
7481 } | |
7482 | |
7483 /* | |
7 | 7484 * Get highlighting attribute for sign "typenr". |
7485 * If "line" is TRUE: line highl, if FALSE: text highl. | |
7486 */ | |
7487 int | |
7488 sign_get_attr(typenr, line) | |
7489 int typenr; | |
7490 int line; | |
7491 { | |
7492 sign_T *sp; | |
7493 | |
7494 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7495 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) | |
7496 { | |
7497 if (line) | |
7498 { | |
7499 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) | |
7500 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_line_hl); | |
7501 } | |
7502 else | |
7503 { | |
7504 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) | |
7505 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_text_hl); | |
7506 } | |
7507 break; | |
7508 } | |
7509 return 0; | |
7510 } | |
7511 | |
7512 /* | |
7513 * Get text mark for sign "typenr". | |
7514 * Returns NULL if there isn't one. | |
7515 */ | |
7516 char_u * | |
7517 sign_get_text(typenr) | |
7518 int typenr; | |
7519 { | |
7520 sign_T *sp; | |
7521 | |
7522 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7523 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) | |
7524 return sp->sn_text; | |
7525 return NULL; | |
7526 } | |
7527 | |
7528 #if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) | |
7529 void * | |
7530 sign_get_image(typenr) | |
7531 int typenr; /* the attribute which may have a sign */ | |
7532 { | |
7533 sign_T *sp; | |
7534 | |
7535 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7536 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) | |
7537 return sp->sn_image; | |
7538 return NULL; | |
7539 } | |
7540 #endif | |
7541 | |
7542 /* | |
7543 * Get the name of a sign by its typenr. | |
7544 */ | |
7545 char_u * | |
7546 sign_typenr2name(typenr) | |
7547 int typenr; | |
7548 { | |
7549 sign_T *sp; | |
7550 | |
7551 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7552 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) | |
7553 return sp->sn_name; | |
7554 return (char_u *)_("[Deleted]"); | |
7555 } | |
7556 | |
1828 | 7557 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
7558 /* | |
7559 * Undefine/free all signs. | |
7560 */ | |
7561 void | |
7562 free_signs() | |
7563 { | |
7564 while (first_sign != NULL) | |
7565 sign_undefine(first_sign, NULL); | |
7566 } | |
7567 #endif | |
7568 | |
1868 | 7569 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
7570 static enum | |
7571 { | |
7572 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand :sign sub-commands */ | |
7573 EXP_DEFINE, /* expand :sign define {name} args */ | |
7574 EXP_PLACE, /* expand :sign place {id} args */ | |
7575 EXP_UNPLACE, /* expand :sign unplace" */ | |
7576 EXP_SIGN_NAMES /* expand with name of placed signs */ | |
7577 } expand_what; | |
7578 | |
7579 /* | |
7580 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the sign command | |
7581 * expansion. | |
7582 */ | |
7583 char_u * | |
7584 get_sign_name(xp, idx) | |
1876 | 7585 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
1868 | 7586 int idx; |
7587 { | |
7588 sign_T *sp; | |
7589 int current_idx; | |
7590 | |
7591 switch (expand_what) | |
7592 { | |
7593 case EXP_SUBCMD: | |
7594 return (char_u *)cmds[idx]; | |
7595 case EXP_DEFINE: | |
7596 { | |
7597 char *define_arg[] = | |
7598 { | |
7599 "icon=", "linehl=", "text=", "texthl=", NULL | |
7600 }; | |
7601 return (char_u *)define_arg[idx]; | |
7602 } | |
7603 case EXP_PLACE: | |
7604 { | |
7605 char *place_arg[] = | |
7606 { | |
7607 "line=", "name=", "file=", "buffer=", NULL | |
7608 }; | |
7609 return (char_u *)place_arg[idx]; | |
7610 } | |
7611 case EXP_UNPLACE: | |
7612 { | |
7613 char *unplace_arg[] = { "file=", "buffer=", NULL }; | |
7614 return (char_u *)unplace_arg[idx]; | |
7615 } | |
7616 case EXP_SIGN_NAMES: | |
7617 /* Complete with name of signs already defined */ | |
7618 current_idx = 0; | |
7619 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7620 if (current_idx++ == idx) | |
7621 return sp->sn_name; | |
7622 return NULL; | |
7623 default: | |
7624 return NULL; | |
7625 } | |
7626 } | |
7627 | |
7628 /* | |
7629 * Handle command line completion for :sign command. | |
7630 */ | |
7631 void | |
7632 set_context_in_sign_cmd(xp, arg) | |
7633 expand_T *xp; | |
7634 char_u *arg; | |
7635 { | |
7636 char_u *p; | |
7637 char_u *end_subcmd; | |
7638 char_u *last; | |
7639 int cmd_idx; | |
7640 char_u *begin_subcmd_args; | |
7641 | |
7642 /* Default: expand subcommands. */ | |
7643 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SIGN; | |
7644 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD; | |
7645 xp->xp_pattern = arg; | |
7646 | |
7647 end_subcmd = skiptowhite(arg); | |
7648 if (*end_subcmd == NUL) | |
7649 /* expand subcmd name | |
7650 * :sign {subcmd}<CTRL-D>*/ | |
7651 return; | |
7652 | |
7653 cmd_idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, end_subcmd); | |
7654 | |
7655 /* :sign {subcmd} {subcmd_args} | |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7656 * | |
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7657 * begin_subcmd_args */ |
1868 | 7658 begin_subcmd_args = skipwhite(end_subcmd); |
7659 p = skiptowhite(begin_subcmd_args); | |
7660 if (*p == NUL) | |
7661 { | |
7662 /* | |
7663 * Expand first argument of subcmd when possible. | |
7664 * For ":jump {id}" and ":unplace {id}", we could | |
7665 * possibly expand the ids of all signs already placed. | |
7666 */ | |
7667 xp->xp_pattern = begin_subcmd_args; | |
7668 switch (cmd_idx) | |
7669 { | |
7670 case SIGNCMD_LIST: | |
7671 case SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE: | |
7672 /* :sign list <CTRL-D> | |
7673 * :sign undefine <CTRL-D> */ | |
7674 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; | |
7675 break; | |
7676 default: | |
7677 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7678 } | |
7679 return; | |
7680 } | |
7681 | |
7682 /* expand last argument of subcmd */ | |
7683 | |
7684 /* :sign define {name} {args}... | |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7685 * | |
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7686 * p */ |
1868 | 7687 |
7688 /* Loop until reaching last argument. */ | |
7689 do | |
7690 { | |
7691 p = skipwhite(p); | |
7692 last = p; | |
7693 p = skiptowhite(p); | |
7694 } while (*p != NUL); | |
7695 | |
7696 p = vim_strchr(last, '='); | |
7697 | |
7698 /* :sign define {name} {args}... {last}= | |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7699 * | | |
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7700 * last p */ |
1868 | 7701 if (p == NUL) |
7702 { | |
7703 /* Expand last argument name (before equal sign). */ | |
7704 xp->xp_pattern = last; | |
7705 switch (cmd_idx) | |
7706 { | |
7707 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: | |
7708 expand_what = EXP_DEFINE; | |
7709 break; | |
7710 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: | |
7711 expand_what = EXP_PLACE; | |
7712 break; | |
7713 case SIGNCMD_JUMP: | |
7714 case SIGNCMD_UNPLACE: | |
7715 expand_what = EXP_UNPLACE; | |
7716 break; | |
7717 default: | |
7718 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7719 } | |
7720 } | |
7721 else | |
7722 { | |
7723 /* Expand last argument value (after equal sign). */ | |
7724 xp->xp_pattern = p + 1; | |
7725 switch (cmd_idx) | |
7726 { | |
7727 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: | |
7728 if (STRNCMP(last, "texthl", p - last) == 0 || | |
7729 STRNCMP(last, "linehl", p - last) == 0) | |
7730 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; | |
7731 else if (STRNCMP(last, "icon", p - last) == 0) | |
7732 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
7733 else | |
7734 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7735 break; | |
7736 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: | |
7737 if (STRNCMP(last, "name", p - last) == 0) | |
7738 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; | |
7739 else | |
7740 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7741 break; | |
7742 default: | |
7743 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7744 } | |
7745 } | |
7746 } | |
7747 #endif | |
7 | 7748 #endif |
7749 | |
7750 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) || defined(PROTO) | |
7751 /* | |
7752 * ":drop" | |
7753 * Opens the first argument in a window. When there are two or more arguments | |
7754 * the argument list is redefined. | |
7755 */ | |
7756 void | |
7757 ex_drop(eap) | |
7758 exarg_T *eap; | |
7759 { | |
7760 int split = FALSE; | |
7761 win_T *wp; | |
7762 buf_T *buf; | |
735 | 7763 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
7764 tabpage_T *tp; | |
7765 # endif | |
7 | 7766 |
7767 /* | |
7768 * Check if the first argument is already being edited in a window. If | |
7769 * so, jump to that window. | |
7770 * We would actually need to check all arguments, but that's complicated | |
7771 * and mostly only one file is dropped. | |
7772 * This also ignores wildcards, since it is very unlikely the user is | |
7773 * editing a file name with a wildcard character. | |
7774 */ | |
735 | 7775 set_arglist(eap->arg); |
7776 | |
1067 | 7777 /* |
7778 * Expanding wildcards may result in an empty argument list. E.g. when | |
7779 * editing "foo.pyc" and ".pyc" is in 'wildignore'. Assume that we | |
7780 * already did an error message for this. | |
7781 */ | |
7782 if (ARGCOUNT == 0) | |
7783 return; | |
7784 | |
7 | 7785 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
735 | 7786 if (cmdmod.tab) |
7787 { | |
7788 /* ":tab drop file ...": open a tab for each argument that isn't | |
7789 * edited in a window yet. It's like ":tab all" but without closing | |
7790 * windows or tabs. */ | |
7791 ex_all(eap); | |
7792 } | |
7793 else | |
7 | 7794 # endif |
735 | 7795 { |
7796 /* ":drop file ...": Edit the first argument. Jump to an existing | |
7797 * window if possible, edit in current window if the current buffer | |
7798 * can be abandoned, otherwise open a new window. */ | |
7799 buf = buflist_findnr(ARGLIST[0].ae_fnum); | |
7800 | |
7801 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) | |
7802 { | |
7803 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
7 | 7804 { |
735 | 7805 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
825 | 7806 goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp); |
735 | 7807 # endif |
7 | 7808 curwin->w_arg_idx = 0; |
7809 return; | |
7810 } | |
7811 } | |
735 | 7812 |
7813 /* | |
7814 * Check whether the current buffer is changed. If so, we will need | |
7815 * to split the current window or data could be lost. | |
7816 * Skip the check if the 'hidden' option is set, as in this case the | |
7817 * buffer won't be lost. | |
7818 */ | |
7819 if (!P_HID(curbuf)) | |
7820 { | |
7 | 7821 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
735 | 7822 ++emsg_off; |
7 | 7823 # endif |
5464 | 7824 split = check_changed(curbuf, CCGD_AW | CCGD_EXCMD); |
7 | 7825 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
735 | 7826 --emsg_off; |
7 | 7827 # else |
735 | 7828 if (split) |
7829 return; | |
7 | 7830 # endif |
735 | 7831 } |
7832 | |
7833 /* Fake a ":sfirst" or ":first" command edit the first argument. */ | |
7834 if (split) | |
7835 { | |
7836 eap->cmdidx = CMD_sfirst; | |
7837 eap->cmd[0] = 's'; | |
7838 } | |
7839 else | |
7840 eap->cmdidx = CMD_first; | |
7841 ex_rewind(eap); | |
7842 } | |
7 | 7843 } |
7844 #endif |